Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,666 missions · 908 completed

Missions

Open758Completed908All1666
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Sample Size Selection in Optimization Methods for Machine Learning 1: With Batch Sizes n_k ≥ a^k, Dynamic Batch Steepest Descent Converges Linearly in Expectation, E[J(w_k) − J(w*)] ≤ Cρ^kResearch Paper

Motivation

Training a model in machine learning means minimizing an expected loss over a data distribution, using a finite sample from it. Two families of methods dominate. Stochastic gradient methods step along the gradient of the loss at one data point: each step is cheap, but the noise forces small steps and many sequential iterations. Batch methods average the gradient over a large set of points: each step is accurate and parallelizes well, but costs a pass over the data. Bottou and Bousquet (The tradeoffs of large scale learning, NIPS 2007) compared the two by the total work needed to reach accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ and concluded that stochastic gradient descent is preferable in large-scale learning.

Byrd, Chin, Nocedal and Wu (Sample size selection in optimization methods for machine learning, Math. Program. 2012) analyse a third option: a dynamic batch method, which takes gradient steps on mini-batches whose size grows over the run. A small batch makes early progress cheap; a large batch later makes the steps accurate. Their Theorem 4.2 shows that when the batch size grows geometrically, steepest descent with a fixed step converges linearly in expectation, and their Corollary 4.3 derives from it a total work bound of the same order as stochastic gradient descent. The analysis underlies a line of work on adaptive sampling and variance-controlled batch methods (for example Friedlander and Schmidt, Hybrid deterministic-stochastic methods for data fitting, SIAM J. Sci. Comput. 2012; Bottou, Curtis and Nocedal, Optimization methods for large-scale machine learning, SIAM Review 2018, §5.2).

Setting

Let (Z,P)(Z,P)(Z,P) be a probability space of data points zzz; in the paper z=(x,y)z=(x,y)z=(x,y) is an input–output pair with distribution P(x,y)P(x,y)P(x,y). The parameter is w∈Rmw\in\mathbb R^mw∈Rm (mmm is the number of variables). A per-sample loss ℓ(w;z)\ell(w;z)ℓ(w;z) is given with gradient ∇ℓ(w;z)\nabla\ell(w;z)∇ℓ(w;z) in www, and the objective is the expected loss (2.1)

J(w)=∫ℓ(w;z) dP(z).J(w)=\int\ell(w;z)\,dP(z).J(w)=∫ℓ(w;z)dP(z).

The gradient of the objective is the expected per-sample gradient, ∇J(w)=∫∇ℓ(w;z) dP(z)\nabla J(w)=\int\nabla\ell(w;z)\,dP(z)∇J(w)=∫∇ℓ(w;z)dP(z).

Uniform convexity (4.2): JJJ is twice continuously differentiable and there are constants 0<λ<L0<\lambda<L0<λ<L with

λ∥d∥22≤dT∇2J(w) d≤L∥d∥22for all w,d.\lambda\|d\|_2^2\le d^T\nabla^2J(w)\,d\le L\|d\|_2^2\qquad\text{for all } w,d .λ∥d∥22​≤dT∇2J(w)d≤L∥d∥22​for all w,d.

Then JJJ has a unique minimizer w∗w^*w∗.

For a random vector X∈RmX\in\mathbb R^mX∈Rm, ∥Var(X)∥1=E∥X−EX∥22\|\mathrm{Var}(X)\|_1=\mathbb E\|X-\mathbb EX\|_2^2∥Var(X)∥1​=E∥X−EX∥22​ is the sum of its componentwise variances. The variance bound (4.22) asks for a constant ω\omegaω with

∥Var(∇ℓ(w;⋅))∥1≤ωfor all w.\|\mathrm{Var}(\nabla\ell(w;\cdot))\|_1\le\omega\qquad\text{for all } w .∥Var(∇ℓ(w;⋅))∥1​≤ωfor all w.

The algorithm. Fix sample sizes nk≥1n_k\ge1nk​≥1 and a starting point w0w_0w0​. At iteration kkk draw a batch SkS_kSk​ of nkn_knk​ points, independently with law PPP and independently of earlier batches, form the batch gradient (4.19)

gk=1nk∑i∈Sk∇ℓ(wk;i),g_k=\frac1{n_k}\sum_{i\in S_k}\nabla\ell(w_k;i),gk​=nk​1​i∈Sk​∑​∇ℓ(wk​;i),

and take the dynamic batch steepest descent step (4.24)

wk+1=wk−1L gk.w_{k+1}=w_k-\frac1L\,g_k .wk+1​=wk​−L1​gk​.

The iterates wkw_kwk​ are random, and expectations below are over all batches.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

If nk≥akn_k\ge a^knk​≥ak for all kkk, for some a>1a>1a>1, and (4.22) holds, then

E[J(wk)−J(w∗)]≤Cρkfor all k,ρ=max⁡{1−λ/(4L), 1/a}<1,C=max⁡{J(w0)−J(w∗), 2ω/λ}.\mathbb E[J(w_k)-J(w^*)]\le C\rho^k\quad\text{for all }k,\qquad \rho=\max\{1-\lambda/(4L),\,1/a\}<1,\quad C=\max\{J(w_0)-J(w^*),\,2\omega/\lambda\}.E[J(wk​)−J(w∗)]≤Cρkfor all k,ρ=max{1−λ/(4L),1/a}<1,C=max{J(w0​)−J(w∗),2ω/λ}.

The constants are the paper's. The goal also asserts that J(wk)J(w_k)J(wk​) is integrable for every kkk.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. (4.5), p. 8: ∇J(w)T∇J(w)≥λ[J(w)−J(w∗)]\nabla J(w)^T\nabla J(w)\ge\lambda[J(w)-J(w^*)]∇J(w)T∇J(w)≥λ[J(w)−J(w∗)] for every www.
  2. Taylor bound, p. 11: J(w−1Lg)≤J(w)−1L∇J(w)Tg+12L∥g∥2J(w-\frac1Lg)\le J(w)-\frac1L\nabla J(w)^Tg+\frac1{2L}\|g\|^2J(w−L1​g)≤J(w)−L1​∇J(w)Tg+2L1​∥g∥2 for every www and ggg.
  3. (4.25), p. 11: at a fixed point www, with ggg the batch gradient of nnn i.i.d. draws,
E[J(w−1Lg)]≤J(w)−1L∥∇J(w)∥2+12LE∥g∥2,E∥g∥2=∥∇J(w)∥2+∥Var(g)∥1.\mathbb E[J(w-\tfrac1Lg)]\le J(w)-\tfrac1L\|\nabla J(w)\|^2+\tfrac1{2L}\mathbb E\|g\|^2,\qquad \mathbb E\|g\|^2=\|\nabla J(w)\|^2+\|\mathrm{Var}(g)\|_1 .E[J(w−L1​g)]≤J(w)−L1​∥∇J(w)∥2+2L1​E∥g∥2,E∥g∥2=∥∇J(w)∥2+∥Var(g)∥1​.
  1. Variance of the batch gradient, p. 12: ∥Var(g)∥1≤∥Var(∇ℓ(w;⋅))∥1/n\|\mathrm{Var}(g)\|_1\le\|\mathrm{Var}(\nabla\ell(w;\cdot))\|_1/n∥Var(g)∥1​≤∥Var(∇ℓ(w;⋅))∥1​/n.
  2. (4.26), p. 12: E[J(w−1Lg)]≤J(w)−12L∥∇J(w)∥2+12Ln∥Var(∇ℓ(w;⋅))∥1\mathbb E[J(w-\tfrac1Lg)]\le J(w)-\tfrac1{2L}\|\nabla J(w)\|^2+\tfrac1{2Ln}\|\mathrm{Var}(\nabla\ell(w;\cdot))\|_1E[J(w−L1​g)]≤J(w)−2L1​∥∇J(w)∥2+2Ln1​∥Var(∇ℓ(w;⋅))∥1​.
  3. (4.27), p. 12: E[J(w−1Lg)−J(w∗)]≤(1−λ2L)(J(w)−J(w∗))+ω2Ln\mathbb E[J(w-\tfrac1Lg)-J(w^*)]\le(1-\tfrac{\lambda}{2L})(J(w)-J(w^*))+\tfrac{\omega}{2Ln}E[J(w−L1​g)−J(w∗)]≤(1−2Lλ​)(J(w)−J(w∗))+2Lnω​.

Milestones 3–6 are the paper's conditional expectations given wkw_kwk​, stated at a fixed point www with the batch drawn afresh.

Significance

Theorem 4.2 is the convergence guarantee of the dynamic sampling strategy: it says that the noise of a mini-batch gradient does not destroy the linear rate of steepest descent, provided the batch grows geometrically. The rate ρ\rhoρ makes the trade-off explicit: the optimization contracts by 1−λ/(4L)1-\lambda/(4L)1−λ/(4L) per step, the noise by 1/a1/a1/a, and the slower of the two governs. From it the paper's Corollary 4.3 bounds the total number of sample-gradient evaluations to reach E[J(wk)−J(w∗)]≤ϵ\mathbb E[J(w_k)-J(w^*)]\le\epsilonE[J(wk​)−J(w∗)]≤ϵ by O(L/(λϵ))O(L/(\lambda\epsilon))O(L/(λϵ)), which places dynamic batch methods on the same footing as stochastic gradient descent in the Bottou–Bousquet comparison, while keeping the parallelism of batch methods.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. A formalization produces a reusable account of the one-iteration analysis of a mini-batch gradient step (descent lemma, variance of an i.i.d. sample mean of random vectors, conditional expectation over a fresh batch), and of the passage from a conditional one-step recursion to an unconditional bound over a run driven by an infinite i.i.d. array. Corollary 4.3 is not part of this mission: it involves O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) bounds, a cost model for gradient evaluations and an iteration count treated as a real number.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of the induction on p. 12 is short. The difficulty is in making the probability rigorous. The iterate wkw_kwk​ is random, and the paper's one-step bound (4.27) is a conditional expectation given wkw_kwk​, with J(wk)J(w_k)J(wk​) on the right-hand side. Turning it into an unconditional recursion requires that the batch of iteration kkk be independent of wkw_kwk​, that wkw_kwk​ be a measurable function of the earlier batches, and that J(wk)J(w_k)J(wk​) and ∥gk∥2\|g_k\|^2∥gk​∥2 be integrable at every step, none of which is automatic for a run driven by an infinite array of draws. A naive formalization that treats wkw_kwk​ as a fixed point, or gkg_kgk​ as an abstract random vector with a postulated variance bound, skips exactly this content.

The variance identity for a sample mean of random vectors in Rm\mathbb R^mRm and the bound ∥∇J(w)∥≤L∥w−w∗∥\|\nabla J(w)\|\le L\|w-w^*\|∥∇J(w)∥≤L∥w−w∗∥ from (4.2) are standard but not packaged in this form in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

  • The space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m). The paper's λ\lambdaλ is written lam (λ is a Lean keyword). (4.2) is ContDiff ℝ 2 J, 0 < lam < L, and the two-sided bound on fderiv ℝ (fderiv ℝ J) w d d.
  • JJJ is defined as the Bochner integral ∫ℓ(w;z) dP(z)\int\ell(w;z)\,dP(z)∫ℓ(w;z)dP(z) for a general per-sample loss ℓ\ellℓ; the paper's linear predictor f(w;x)=wTxf(w;x)=w^Txf(w;x)=wTx and convex loss lll are not used by the theorem and are not assumed. The model assumes: ℓ(w;⋅)\ell(w;\cdot)ℓ(w;⋅) integrable; ∇ℓ(w;z)\nabla\ell(w;z)∇ℓ(w;z) the gradient of ℓ(⋅;z)\ell(\cdot;z)ℓ(⋅;z) at www; (w,z)↦∇ℓ(w;z)(w,z)\mapsto\nabla\ell(w;z)(w,z)↦∇ℓ(w;z) jointly measurable; ∇ℓ(w;⋅)\nabla\ell(w;\cdot)∇ℓ(w;⋅) square-integrable; and ∇J(w)=∫∇ℓ(w;z) dP(z)\nabla J(w)=\int\nabla\ell(w;z)\,dP(z)∇J(w)=∫∇ℓ(w;z)dP(z) (differentiation under the integral, which the paper uses without proof).
  • Sampling with replacement. The paper's (3.5) is sampling without replacement from NNN points; it takes N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞ on p. 5, which "also corresponds to the case of sampling with replacement". The formalization draws every point i.i.d. from PPP: draw iii of iteration kkk is ξk,i\xi_{k,i}ξk,i​ and the law of the whole array is Measure.infinitePi over N×N\mathbb N\times\mathbb NN×N. The finite-population factor (N−nk)/(N−1)(N-n_k)/(N-1)(N−nk​)/(N−1) is not modelled.
  • w∗w^*w∗ is a given minimizer of JJJ; nkn_knk​ are natural numbers with ak≤nka^k\le n_kak≤nk​ (real powers of a real a>1a>1a>1); ω\omegaω is a real number.
  • The goal asserts integrability of J(wk)J(w_k)J(wk​) together with the bound, so the inequality cannot be met by the Bochner integral's value 000 on a non-integrable function. The batch gradient is the mean over nkn_knk​ draws at the current iterate, and wkw_kwk​ is the random run: a goal with an abstract random gkg_kgk​ satisfying a postulated variance bound, or with wkw_kwk​ a deterministic sequence, would not be this theorem.
  • Welcome contributions: the variance of an i.i.d. mean of Rm\mathbb R^mRm-valued random vectors; the descent lemma and gradient-dominance inequality from Hessian bounds; measurability and independence lemmas for processes driven by Measure.infinitePi. All three are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • R. H. Byrd, G. M. Chin, J. Nocedal, Y. Wu, Sample size selection in optimization methods for machine learning, Mathematical Programming 134 (2012) 127–155. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0572-5
  • L. Bottou, O. Bousquet, The tradeoffs of large scale learning, NIPS 2007. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/3323-the-tradeoffs-of-large-scale-learning
  • M. P. Friedlander, M. Schmidt, Hybrid deterministic-stochastic methods for data fitting, SIAM J. Sci. Comput. 34 (2012) A1380–A1405. https://doi.org/10.1137/110830629
  • L. Bottou, F. E. Curtis, J. Nocedal, Optimization methods for large-scale machine learning, SIAM Review 60 (2018) 223–311. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1080173
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Sample Size Selection in Optimization Methods for Machine Learning 2: Steepest Descent with Gradient Error ‖g_k − ∇J(w_k)‖ ≤ θ‖g_k‖ Contracts J by 1 − βλ/L per StepResearch Paper

Motivation

Training a machine-learning model usually means minimizing an expected or empirical loss J(w)J(w)J(w) over parameters w∈Rmw \in \mathbb{R}^mw∈Rm. Exact gradients of such objectives are expensive, because each one requires a pass over the whole data set; practical methods replace ∇J(wk)\nabla J(w_k)∇J(wk​) by a cheaper approximation gkg_kgk​, for instance a gradient computed on a subsample. This raises a basic question for the analysis of optimization algorithms: how accurate must the approximate gradient be for steepest descent to keep its linear rate of convergence?

Byrd, Chin, Nocedal and Wu (Math. Program. 2012) answer this question with a relative-error condition, and use the answer to motivate a rule that increases the sample size during the run. Their §4.1 treats the deterministic case: the approximations gkg_kgk​ are arbitrary vectors, and only a geometric condition linking gkg_kgk​ to ∇J(wk)\nabla J(w_k)∇J(wk​) is assumed. That deterministic result, Theorem 4.1, is the goal of this mission. The stochastic counterpart (Theorem 4.2, dynamic batch sizes) is a separate mission of the same series.

Relative-error conditions of this kind ("the error is a fixed fraction of the step") appear throughout the literature on inexact gradient and inexact Newton methods (e.g. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis 2000 on gradient methods with errors), and the condition (4.8) below is the deterministic template for the adaptive sampling tests later developed for stochastic optimization.

Setting

Let J:Rm→RJ : \mathbb{R}^m \to \mathbb{R}J:Rm→R be twice continuously differentiable and uniformly convex: there are constants 0<λ<L0 < \lambda < L0<λ<L such that

λ∥d∥22  ≤  dT∇2J(w) d  ≤  L∥d∥22for all w,d∈Rm.(4.2)\lambda\|d\|_2^2 \;\le\; d^T \nabla^2 J(w)\, d \;\le\; L\|d\|_2^2 \qquad\text{for all } w, d \in \mathbb{R}^m. \tag{4.2}λ∥d∥22​≤dT∇2J(w)d≤L∥d∥22​for all w,d∈Rm.(4.2)

Such a JJJ has a unique minimizer w∗w_*w∗​; following the paper, it is normalized so that J(w∗)=0J(w_*) = 0J(w∗​)=0.

Fix θ∈(0,1)\theta \in (0,1)θ∈(0,1). Given a sequence of vectors g0,g1,…g_0, g_1, \ldotsg0​,g1​,… (the approximate gradients), the fixed-steplength steepest descent iteration is

wk+1=wk−αgk,α=1−θL.(4.1, 4.7)w_{k+1} = w_k - \alpha g_k, \qquad \alpha = \frac{1-\theta}{L}. \tag{4.1, 4.7}wk+1​=wk​−αgk​,α=L1−θ​.(4.1, 4.7)

The approximate gradient at iteration kkk satisfies the relative-error condition if

∥gk−∇J(wk)∥  ≤  θ ∥gk∥.(4.8)\|g_k - \nabla J(w_k)\| \;\le\; \theta\, \|g_k\|. \tag{4.8}∥gk​−∇J(wk​)∥≤θ∥gk​∥.(4.8)

Write

β=(1−θ)22(1+θ)2.(4.9)\beta = \frac{(1-\theta)^2}{2(1+\theta)^2}. \tag{4.9}β=2(1+θ)2(1−θ)2​.(4.9)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (p. 8)

  1. If (4.8) holds at iteration kkk, then
J(wk+1)≤(1−βλL)J(wk).(4.9)J(w_{k+1}) \le \Bigl(1 - \frac{\beta\lambda}{L}\Bigr) J(w_k). \tag{4.9}J(wk+1​)≤(1−Lβλ​)J(wk​).(4.9)
  1. If (4.8) holds at every iteration, then wk→w∗w_k \to w_*wk​→w∗​ (4.10); every k>Lβλ[log⁡(1/ϵ)+log⁡J(w0)]k > \frac{L}{\beta\lambda}[\log(1/\epsilon) + \log J(w_0)]k>βλL​[log(1/ϵ)+logJ(w0​)] satisfies J(wk)<J(w∗)+ϵJ(w_k) < J(w_*) + \epsilonJ(wk​)<J(w∗​)+ϵ (4.11); and
∥gk∥2≤1(1−θ)2 2L2J(w0)λ(1−βλL)k.(4.12)\|g_k\|^2 \le \frac{1}{(1-\theta)^2}\,\frac{2L^2J(w_0)}{\lambda}\Bigl(1-\frac{\beta\lambda}{L}\Bigr)^k. \tag{4.12}∥gk​∥2≤(1−θ)21​λ2L2J(w0​)​(1−Lβλ​)k.(4.12)

The constants are those of the paper and are kept explicit.

Milestones

In the order the paper's proof uses them:

  • (4.5) ∇J(w)T∇J(w)≥λ[J(w)−J(w∗)]\nabla J(w)^T\nabla J(w) \ge \lambda[J(w) - J(w_*)]∇J(w)T∇J(w)≥λ[J(w)−J(w∗​)] and (4.6) J(w)−J(w∗)≥λ2L2∥∇J(w)∥22J(w) - J(w_*) \ge \frac{\lambda}{2L^2}\|\nabla J(w)\|_2^2J(w)−J(w∗​)≥2L2λ​∥∇J(w)∥22​, consequences of (4.2) alone (p. 8);
  • (4.13) (1−θ)∥gk∥≤∥∇J(wk)∥≤(1+θ)∥gk∥(1-\theta)\|g_k\| \le \|\nabla J(w_k)\| \le (1+\theta)\|g_k\|(1−θ)∥gk​∥≤∥∇J(wk​)∥≤(1+θ)∥gk​∥ and (4.14) ∇J(wk)Tgk≥(1−θ)∥gk∥2\nabla J(w_k)^Tg_k \ge (1-\theta)\|g_k\|^2∇J(wk​)Tgk​≥(1−θ)∥gk​∥2 under (4.8) (p. 9);
  • (4.16) the one-step decrease J(wk+1)≤J(wk)−βL∥∇J(wk)∥2J(w_{k+1}) \le J(w_k) - \frac{\beta}{L}\|\nabla J(w_k)\|^2J(wk+1​)≤J(wk​)−Lβ​∥∇J(wk​)∥2 under (4.8) at kkk (p. 9);
  • (4.17) J(wk)≤(1−βλ/L)kJ(w0)J(w_k) \le (1 - \beta\lambda/L)^k J(w_0)J(wk​)≤(1−βλ/L)kJ(w0​) under (4.8) at every earlier iteration (p. 9).

Significance

Theorem 4.1 says that the linear convergence of steepest descent on a uniformly convex function survives arbitrary gradient errors, provided each error is at most a fixed fraction θ\thetaθ of the approximate gradient's own norm. The price is explicit: the per-step contraction factor is 1−β(θ)λ/L1 - \beta(\theta)\lambda/L1−β(θ)λ/L instead of a factor of the form 1−cλ/L1 - c\lambda/L1−cλ/L with an absolute constant ccc, and the iteration bound (4.11) grows like L/(βλ)L/(\beta\lambda)L/(βλ) times a logarithm. Because (4.8) is relative rather than absolute, no a priori bound on the error is needed, and the error may be large far from the solution. In the paper this is the motivation for requiring the sample variance of a subsampled gradient to be small relative to ∥gk∥2\|g_k\|^2∥gk​∥2, which leads to the dynamic sample-size rule analysed in §4.2.

The result is proved in the paper (pp. 9–10). No machine-checked proof of it, or of any relative-error inexact gradient method with explicit constants, has been published. A formal proof provides a checked reference statement for inexact first-order methods with the paper's constants, and the milestones (4.5), (4.6), (4.13), (4.14) are reusable facts about strongly convex smooth functions and about relative-error gradient approximations.

Difficulty

Each step is classical, but the proof combines second-order information with metric estimates. The descent estimate (4.15) needs a second-order Taylor bound from the upper Hessian bound in (4.2), which in Lean means passing from a bound on the second Fréchet derivative to a quadratic upper bound on JJJ along a segment. The inequalities (4.5) and (4.6) relate the gradient norm to the optimality gap through the lower and upper Hessian bounds and the minimizer, and must be derived without an explicit averaged Hessian unless one is built. The convergence wk→w∗w_k \to w_*wk​→w∗​ in (4.10) requires turning convergence of the function values into convergence of the iterates, which again uses uniform convexity. Finally, (4.11) is a logarithmic iteration count whose boundary cases (J(w0)=0J(w_0) = 0J(w0​)=0, ϵ≥J(w0)\epsilon \ge J(w_0)ϵ≥J(w0​)) must be handled. A naive reading of the iteration with exact gradients does not apply: the step is (1−θ)/L(1-\theta)/L(1−θ)/L, not 1/L1/L1/L, and the direction −gk-g_k−gk​ is only known to be a descent direction through (4.14).

Formalization scope

The space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m). Assumption (4.2) is a definition HessianBounds J lam L (with lam for λ\lambdaλ, a Lean keyword): ContDiff ℝ 2 J, 0 < lam < L, and both bounds on the quadratic form fderiv ℝ (fderiv ℝ J) w d d. The gradient is Mathlib's gradient J. The minimizer is a point wstar with J wstar ≤ J w for all w, and J wstar = 0 is a hypothesis of the goal and of (4.17), exactly as in the paper; (4.5) and (4.6) are stated with J(w∗)J(w_*)J(w∗​) and without it. The constant β\betaβ is a definition beta θ; it is never a free variable. The approximate gradients gkg_kgk​ are an arbitrary sequence and nothing is random. The iterates are any sequence with w (k+1) = w k - ((1 - θ) / L) • g k for all k.

The one-step claim (4.9) assumes (4.8) only at the index kkk; (4.10)–(4.12) assume it at every index. (4.11) is stated in the form the proof derives in (4.18): every kkk strictly beyond the bound has J(wk)<ϵJ(w_k) < \epsilonJ(wk​)<ϵ. The logarithm is natural; when J(w0)=0J(w_0) = 0J(w0​)=0 Lean's convention log⁡0=0\log 0 = 0log0=0 applies, which is harmless because every iterate is then optimal. No positivity hypothesis on J(w0)J(w_0)J(w0​) is added.

A trivializing formalization is excluded: the step size is fixed by the paper, β\betaβ and the Hessian bounds are pinned, and the hypotheses are satisfiable, e.g. by J(w)=c2∥w∥2J(w) = \tfrac{c}{2}\|w\|^2J(w)=2c​∥w∥2 with λ<c<L\lambda < c < Lλ<c<L, w∗=0w_* = 0w∗​=0 and gk=∇J(wk)g_k = \nabla J(w_k)gk​=∇J(wk​).

A complete development needs: a second-order Taylor (or mean-value) bound from a Hessian bound, the strong-convexity inequalities (4.5)–(4.6), and elementary real-analysis facts about geometric sequences and logarithms. The milestones (4.5), (4.6), (4.13) and (4.14) are independent of the iteration and reusable. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative proofs with sharper constants stated as separate theorems, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. H. Byrd, G. M. Chin, J. Nocedal, Y. Wu, Sample size selection in optimization methods for machine learning, Mathematical Programming 134 (2012), 127–155. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0572-5
  • D. P. Bertsekas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Gradient convergence in gradient methods with errors, SIAM Journal on Optimization 10 (2000), 627–642. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623497331063
  • L. Bottou, O. Bousquet, The tradeoffs of large scale learning, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 20 (2008). https://papers.nips.cc/paper/3323-the-tradeoffs-of-large-scale-learning
8 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Strong Second-Order Sufficient Condition and Constraint Nondegeneracy in Nonlinear Semidefinite Programming: At a Local Minimizer They Are Equivalent to Strong Regularity of the KKT PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Nonlinear semidefinite programming asks to minimize a smooth function subject to smooth equality constraints and a constraint that a smooth matrix-valued function be positive semidefinite. It covers robust control design, structural optimization, and nonconvex matrix problems such as low-rank approximation and nearest-correlation-matrix problems. Algorithms for it (sequential quadratic programming, augmented Lagrangian and semismooth Newton methods) converge fast locally only when the Karush–Kuhn–Tucker (KKT) point they approach is stable under perturbation, and the question is which checkable conditions guarantee that stability.

For classical nonlinear programming the answer has been known since the 1980s: at a local minimizer, Robinson's strong second order sufficient condition together with linear independence of the active gradients is equivalent to strong regularity of the KKT point (Robinson 1980; Jongen et al. 1987; Kojima 1980). D. Sun extended this equivalence to nonlinear semidefinite programs, where the constraint cone is not polyhedral and second-order analysis carries an extra curvature term.

Timeline.

  • 1980: S. M. Robinson introduces strong regularity of generalized equations and shows that for nonlinear programs the strong second order sufficient condition plus linear independence of active gradients implies it (Math. Oper. Res. 5).
  • 1997–2000: Shapiro, and Bonnans and Shapiro, develop second-order optimality conditions for cone-constrained problems, with the "sigma term" built from second order tangent sets and C²-cone reducibility (Bonnans–Shapiro 2000).
  • 2002: Sun and Sun prove that the projector onto the positive semidefinite cone is strongly semismooth and compute its directional derivative.
  • 2005–2006: D. Sun proves the equivalence theorem formalized here (preprint of May 15, 2005; journal version Math. Oper. Res. 31(4), 761–776).

Setting

XXX is a finite-dimensional real inner-product space, ℜm\Re^mℜm is Euclidean space, and Sp\mathcal S^pSp is the space of real symmetric p×pp\times pp×p matrices with the Frobenius inner product ⟨A,B⟩=Tr(ATB)\langle A,B\rangle=\mathrm{Tr}(A^TB)⟨A,B⟩=Tr(ATB). S+p\mathcal S^p_+S+p​ is the cone of positive semidefinite matrices. The problem is

(NLSDP)min⁡f(x)s.t.h(x)=0,  g(x)∈S+p,\text{(NLSDP)}\qquad \min f(x)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad h(x)=0,\ \ g(x)\in\mathcal S^p_+,(NLSDP)minf(x)s.t.h(x)=0,  g(x)∈S+p​,

with f:X→ℜf:X\to\Ref:X→ℜ, h:X→ℜmh:X\to\Re^mh:X→ℜm, g:X→Spg:X\to\mathcal S^pg:X→Sp twice continuously differentiable. Write G=(h,g)G=(h,g)G=(h,g) and K={0}×S+pK=\{0\}\times\mathcal S^p_+K={0}×S+p​. The Lagrangian is L(x,ζ,Γ)=f(x)+⟨ζ,h(x)⟩+⟨Γ,g(x)⟩L(x,\zeta,\Gamma)=f(x)+\langle\zeta,h(x)\rangle+\langle\Gamma,g(x)\rangleL(x,ζ,Γ)=f(x)+⟨ζ,h(x)⟩+⟨Γ,g(x)⟩, and the multiplier set M(x)\mathcal M(x)M(x) consists of the (ζ,Γ)(\zeta,\Gamma)(ζ,Γ) with JxL(x,ζ,Γ)=0J_xL(x,\zeta,\Gamma)=0Jx​L(x,ζ,Γ)=0, h(x)=0h(x)=0h(x)=0 and Γ\GammaΓ in the normal cone NS+p(g(x))N_{\mathcal S^p_+}(g(x))NS+p​​(g(x)) (so Γ⪯0\Gamma\preceq0Γ⪯0 and ⟨Γ,g(x)⟩=0\langle\Gamma,g(x)\rangle=0⟨Γ,g(x)⟩=0). A triple (xˉ,ζˉ,Γˉ)(\bar x,\bar\zeta,\bar\Gamma)(xˉ,ζˉ​,Γˉ) with (ζˉ,Γˉ)∈M(xˉ)(\bar\zeta,\bar\Gamma)\in\mathcal M(\bar x)(ζˉ​,Γˉ)∈M(xˉ) is a KKT point.

For a closed set DDD, TD(y)={d:∃tk↓0, dist(y+tkd,D)=o(tk)}T_D(y)=\{d:\exists t_k\downarrow0,\ \mathrm{dist}(y+t_kd,D)=o(t_k)\}TD​(y)={d:∃tk​↓0, dist(y+tk​d,D)=o(tk​)} is the tangent cone and lin(T)\mathrm{lin}(T)lin(T) its lineality space. Robinson's constraint qualification at xˉ\bar xxˉ is JxG(xˉ)X+TK(G(xˉ))=ℜm×SpJ_xG(\bar x)X+T_K(G(\bar x))=\Re^m\times\mathcal S^pJx​G(xˉ)X+TK​(G(xˉ))=ℜm×Sp; constraint nondegeneracy replaces TKT_KTK​ by lin(TK)\mathrm{lin}(T_K)lin(TK​). The critical cone is C(xˉ)={d:JxG(xˉ)d∈TK(G(xˉ)), Jxf(xˉ)d≤0}C(\bar x)=\{d:J_xG(\bar x)d\in T_K(G(\bar x)),\ J_xf(\bar x)d\le0\}C(xˉ)={d:Jx​G(xˉ)d∈TK​(G(xˉ)), Jx​f(xˉ)d≤0}.

For B∈SpB\in\mathcal S^pB∈Sp with Moore–Penrose pseudo-inverse B†B^\daggerB†, set ΥB(Γ,A)=2⟨Γ,AB†A⟩\Upsilon_B(\Gamma,A)=2\langle\Gamma,AB^\dagger A\rangleΥB​(Γ,A)=2⟨Γ,AB†A⟩. Let ΠS+p\Pi_{\mathcal S^p_+}ΠS+p​​ be the metric projector, A=g(xˉ)+ΓA=g(\bar x)+\GammaA=g(xˉ)+Γ, and C(A;S+p)=TS+p(A+)∩(A+−A)⊥C(A;\mathcal S^p_+)=T_{\mathcal S^p_+}(A_+)\cap(A_+-A)^\perpC(A;S+p​)=TS+p​​(A+​)∩(A+​−A)⊥ with A+=ΠS+p(A)A_+=\Pi_{\mathcal S^p_+}(A)A+​=ΠS+p​​(A). Then app(ζ,Γ)={d:Jxh(xˉ)d=0, Jxg(xˉ)d∈aff C(A;S+p)}\mathrm{app}(\zeta,\Gamma)=\{d:J_xh(\bar x)d=0,\ J_xg(\bar x)d\in\mathrm{aff}\,C(A;\mathcal S^p_+)\}app(ζ,Γ)={d:Jx​h(xˉ)d=0, Jx​g(xˉ)d∈affC(A;S+p​)} and C^(xˉ)=⋂(ζ,Γ)∈M(xˉ)app(ζ,Γ)\widehat C(\bar x)=\bigcap_{(\zeta,\Gamma)\in\mathcal M(\bar x)}\mathrm{app}(\zeta,\Gamma)C(xˉ)=⋂(ζ,Γ)∈M(xˉ)​app(ζ,Γ). The strong second order sufficient condition (SSOSC) at xˉ\bar xxˉ is

sup⁡(ζ,Γ)∈M(xˉ){⟨d,Jxx2L(xˉ,ζ,Γ)d⟩−Υg(xˉ)(Γ,Jxg(xˉ)d)}>0∀d∈C^(xˉ)∖{0}.\sup_{(\zeta,\Gamma)\in\mathcal M(\bar x)}\Big\{\langle d,J^2_{xx}L(\bar x,\zeta,\Gamma)d\rangle-\Upsilon_{g(\bar x)}\big(\Gamma,J_xg(\bar x)d\big)\Big\}>0\qquad\forall d\in\widehat C(\bar x)\setminus\{0\}.(ζ,Γ)∈M(xˉ)sup​{⟨d,Jxx2​L(xˉ,ζ,Γ)d⟩−Υg(xˉ)​(Γ,Jx​g(xˉ)d)}>0∀d∈C(xˉ)∖{0}.

The KKT map is F(x,ζ,Γ)=(∇xL(x,ζ,Γ), −h(x), −g(x)+ΠS+p(g(x)+Γ))F(x,\zeta,\Gamma)=\big(\nabla_xL(x,\zeta,\Gamma),\,-h(x),\,-g(x)+\Pi_{\mathcal S^p_+}(g(x)+\Gamma)\big)F(x,ζ,Γ)=(∇x​L(x,ζ,Γ),−h(x),−g(x)+ΠS+p​​(g(x)+Γ)) on Z=X×ℜm×SpZ=X\times\Re^m\times\mathcal S^pZ=X×ℜm×Sp; its zeros are the KKT points. The KKT system is also the generalized equation 0∈φ(z)+ND(z)0\in\varphi(z)+N_D(z)0∈φ(z)+ND​(z) with φ=(∇xL,−h,−g)\varphi=(\nabla_xL,-h,-g)φ=(∇x​L,−h,−g) and D=X×ℜm×S−pD=X\times\Re^m\times\mathcal S^p_-D=X×ℜm×S−p​. A solution zˉ\bar zzˉ is strongly regular if, for all small δ\deltaδ, the linearized equation δ∈φ(zˉ)+Jφ(zˉ)(z−zˉ)+ND(z)\delta\in\varphi(\bar z)+J\varphi(\bar z)(z-\bar z)+N_D(z)δ∈φ(zˉ)+Jφ(zˉ)(z−zˉ)+ND​(z) has a unique solution near zˉ\bar zzˉ that depends Lipschitz-continuously on δ\deltaδ. Clarke's generalized Jacobian ∂F\partial F∂F is the convex hull of the B-subdifferential ∂BF\partial_BF∂B​F, the set of limits of Jacobians at nearby differentiability points. Φ(δ)=F′(zˉ;δ)\Phi(\delta)=F'(\bar z;\delta)Φ(δ)=F′(zˉ;δ) is the directional derivative. The uniform second order growth condition and strong stability quantify over all C2C^2C2-smooth parameterizations (f(x,u),G(x,u))(f(x,u),G(x,u))(f(x,u),G(x,u)) of the problem.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 21

At a local minimizer xˉ\bar xxˉ satisfying Robinson's CQ, with (ζˉ,Γˉ)∈M(xˉ)(\bar\zeta,\bar\Gamma)\in\mathcal M(\bar x)(ζˉ​,Γˉ)∈M(xˉ), the following are equivalent:

(a) SSOSC at xˉ and constraint nondegeneracy;(b) every V∈∂F(xˉ,ζˉ,Γˉ) is nonsingular;(c) (xˉ,ζˉ,Γˉ) is strongly regular;(d) uniform second order growth and nondegeneracy;(e) strong stability and nondegeneracy;(f) F is a locally Lipschitz homeomorphism near (xˉ,ζˉ,Γˉ);(h) Φ is a globally Lipschitz homeomorphism;(j) every V∈∂Φ(0) is nonsingular.\begin{aligned} &\text{(a) SSOSC at }\bar x\text{ and constraint nondegeneracy;}\quad \text{(b) every }V\in\partial F(\bar x,\bar\zeta,\bar\Gamma)\text{ is nonsingular;}\\ &\text{(c) }(\bar x,\bar\zeta,\bar\Gamma)\text{ is strongly regular;}\quad \text{(d) uniform second order growth and nondegeneracy;}\\ &\text{(e) strong stability and nondegeneracy;}\quad \text{(f) }F\text{ is a locally Lipschitz homeomorphism near }(\bar x,\bar\zeta,\bar\Gamma);\\ &\text{(h) }\Phi\text{ is a globally Lipschitz homeomorphism;}\quad \text{(j) every }V\in\partial\Phi(0)\text{ is nonsingular.} \end{aligned}​(a) SSOSC at xˉ and constraint nondegeneracy;(b) every V∈∂F(xˉ,ζˉ​,Γˉ) is nonsingular;(c) (xˉ,ζˉ​,Γˉ) is strongly regular;(d) uniform second order growth and nondegeneracy;(e) strong stability and nondegeneracy;(f) F is a locally Lipschitz homeomorphism near (xˉ,ζˉ​,Γˉ);(h) Φ is a globally Lipschitz homeomorphism;(j) every V∈∂Φ(0) is nonsingular.​

Milestones

The matrix analysis of ΠS+p\Pi_{\mathcal S^p_+}ΠS+p​​: Lemma 1 (a B-subdifferential chain rule), Lemma 2, Propositions 3 and 4 (the block structure of ∂BΠS+p\partial_B\Pi_{\mathcal S^p_+}∂B​ΠS+p​​ and ∂ΠS+p\partial\Pi_{\mathcal S^p_+}∂ΠS+p​​), and Proposition 7 (the inequality ⟨ΔB,ΔΓ⟩≥−ΥB(Γ,ΔB)\langle\Delta B,\Delta\Gamma\rangle\ge-\Upsilon_B(\Gamma,\Delta B)⟨ΔB,ΔΓ⟩≥−ΥB​(Γ,ΔB)). Second-order theory: Proposition 8 (the strict CQ gives a unique multiplier and aff C(xˉ)=app\mathrm{aff}\,C(\bar x)=\mathrm{app}affC(xˉ)=app), Theorem 10 (the classical second-order conditions with the sigma term) and Lemma 11 (Υ\UpsilonΥ equals the sigma term on C(xˉ)C(\bar x)C(xˉ)). The equivalences: Remark 15 (strong regularity iff a natural map is a Lipschitz homeomorphism), Proposition 16 ((a) ⇒ (b) ⇒ (c) at any KKT point), Lemma 18 (uniform growth ⇒ SSOSC) and Lemma 20 (∂BΦ(0)=∂BF(zˉ)\partial_B\Phi(0)=\partial_BF(\bar z)∂B​Φ(0)=∂B​F(zˉ)).

Significance

The theorem identifies the SSOSC, a condition that can be checked from the problem data, with the stability notions that local algorithms need. Strong regularity is the hypothesis under which Newton-type methods for the KKT system converge locally and solutions vary Lipschitz-continuously with the data. Nonsingularity of ∂F\partial F∂F gives quadratic convergence of semismooth Newton methods. Uniform growth and strong stability are what sensitivity analysis uses. Without the theorem, each of these properties has to be verified separately for semidefinite programs. The theorem also shows that the classical nonlinear programming equivalence survives on a non-polyhedral cone if the curvature term Υ\UpsilonΥ is added.

The result is proved in the literature but has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it requires the B-subdifferential and Clarke Jacobian of the PSD projector, second order tangent sets of S+p\mathcal S^p_+S+p​, and the Robinson–Kummer characterization of strong regularity. None of these exists in Mathlib. Items (g) and (i), which use the topological degree, are not formalized.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to copy the nonlinear programming proof: write strong regularity as nonsingularity of a reduced Jacobian on the active constraints. This fails because S+p\mathcal S^p_+S+p​ is not polyhedral. The KKT map is only semismooth, and its generalized Jacobian at a non-strictly complementary point is a whole family of operators, parametrized by ∂ΠS+∣β∣(0)\partial\Pi_{\mathcal S^{|\beta|}_+}(0)∂ΠS+∣β∣​​(0). Nonsingularity has to be shown for every member of that family. The curvature of the cone appears only through Υ\UpsilonΥ, which links the second-order condition to the Jacobian family. The converse directions combine several external theorems (Bonnans–Shapiro's stability theory, Clarke's inverse function theorem, Kummer's characterization), each needing nonsmooth infrastructure.

Formalization scope

All objects are defined in SunNLSDP.Equiv.Setting. Sp\mathcal S^pSp is the subspace of symmetric vectors in EuclideanSpace ℝ (n × n) for a finite index type n, so its inner product is exactly the Frobenius product. YYY and ZZZ are WithLp 2 products, carrying the sum of the inner products. B†B^\daggerB† is computed by the continuous functional calculus. The metric projector returns its argument when no minimiser exists; it is applied only to nonempty closed convex sets. Clarke's Jacobian, ∂B\partial_B∂B​, the one-sided directional derivative, the normal cone and the lineality space are the published definitions NonsmoothNewton.Shared.clarkeJac, NonsmoothNewton.Local.dirDeriv and RobinsonSR.Reduction.Setting.

Conventions committed to:

  • The brace systems (41), (42), (49) are read as one coupled system: every (a,B)(a,B)(a,B) equals (Jxh(xˉ)d, Jxg(xˉ)d+T)(J_xh(\bar x)d,\,J_xg(\bar x)d+T)(Jx​h(xˉ)d,Jx​g(xˉ)d+T) for a single ddd. Read as two independent equations they would be strictly weaker.
  • "sup⁡>0\sup>0sup>0" is stated as "some multiplier gives a positive value". The non-strict supremum of Theorem 10 (44) and the support function are taken in the extended reals.
  • Local optimality is local minimality of fff on the feasible set together with feasibility of xˉ\bar xxˉ.
  • "Nonsingular" means bijective.
  • Parameter spaces in Definitions 17 and 19 range over Banach spaces in the universe of XXX.
  • Lemma 2 and Remark 15 add nonemptiness of DDD.

Items (g) and (i) of Theorem 21 are omitted, because Brouwer degree is unavailable; no surrogate for the index is substituted. A formalization that reads the CQs or nondegeneracy as two decoupled equations, or states SSOSC only on C(xˉ)C(\bar x)C(xˉ) instead of C^(xˉ)\widehat C(\bar x)C(xˉ), proves a different theorem and is ruled out.

Reusable infrastructure: the PSD projector and its generalized Jacobians, second order tangent sets, the Moore–Penrose pseudo-inverse of symmetric matrices, and the characterization of strong regularity by Lipschitz homeomorphisms. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome, as are lemmas on ΠS+p\Pi_{\mathcal S^p_+}ΠS+p​​ and on strong regularity of generalized equations.

Selected references

  • D. Sun, The strong second order sufficient condition and constraint nondegeneracy in nonlinear semidefinite programming and their implications, preprint dated May 15, 2005; Mathematics of Operations Research 31(4), 761–776, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1060.0195
  • S. M. Robinson, Strongly regular generalized equations, Mathematics of Operations Research 5(1), 43–62, 1980. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.5.1.43
  • J. F. Bonnans and A. Shapiro, Perturbation Analysis of Optimization Problems, Springer, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-1394-9
  • D. Sun and J. Sun, Semismooth matrix-valued functions, Mathematics of Operations Research 27(1), 150–169, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.27.1.150.342
  • B. Kummer, Lipschitzian inverse functions, directional derivatives, and applications in C^{1,1} optimization, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 70, 559–580, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00941302
18 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On Augmented Lagrangian Methods with General Lower-Level Constraints II: Feasible Limit Points Satisfying CPLD Are KKT PointsResearch Paper

Motivation

Augmented Lagrangian methods are among the standard ways to solve smooth nonlinear programs. They replace a constrained problem by a sequence of subproblems in which some constraints are moved into the objective through a penalty term and multiplier estimates. The method of Andreani, Birgin, Martínez and Schuverdt (SIAM J. Optim. 18(4), 2007) is the theory behind the ALGENCAN solver. It moves only the "upper-level" constraints into the objective, keeps arbitrary "lower-level" constraints in the subproblems, and requires the subproblems to be solved only approximately.

A convergence theory for such a method has to say what the limit points of the iterates are. This mission is about the second half of that theory (Theorem 4.2): a limit point that is feasible is a KKT point of the original problem, provided it satisfies a weak constraint qualification, the constant positive linear dependence condition (CPLD) of Qi and Wei (SIAM J. Optim. 10(4), 2000). Earlier global convergence results for augmented Lagrangian methods, such as Conn, Gould and Toint's, assumed linear independence of the active gradients (LICQ) at all limit points. CPLD is implied by MFCQ and by LICQ, holds automatically for linear constraints, and is required only at feasible points.

Timeline of the relevant notions:

  • 1967: Mangasarian and Fromovitz introduce MFCQ.
  • 2000: Qi and Wei introduce CPLD for SQP methods.
  • 2005: Andreani, Martínez and Schuverdt show that CPLD is a genuine constraint qualification.
  • 2007: this paper proves Theorem 4.2 for augmented Lagrangian methods with general lower-level constraints.

Setting

The problem (2.1) is

minimize f(x)subject toh1(x)=0, g1(x)≤0, h2(x)=0, g2(x)≤0,\text{minimize } f(x)\quad\text{subject to}\quad h_1(x)=0,\ g_1(x)\le 0,\ h_2(x)=0,\ g_2(x)\le 0,minimize f(x)subject toh1​(x)=0, g1​(x)≤0, h2​(x)=0, g2​(x)≤0,

with f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R and constraint maps h1,g1,h2,g2h_1,g_1,h_2,g_2h1​,g1​,h2​,g2​ into Rm1,Rp1,Rm2,Rp2\mathbb R^{m_1},\mathbb R^{p_1},\mathbb R^{m_2},\mathbb R^{p_2}Rm1​,Rp1​,Rm2​,Rp2​, all continuously differentiable. Ω1={h1=0, g1≤0}\Omega_1=\{h_1=0,\ g_1\le 0\}Ω1​={h1​=0, g1​≤0} and Ω2={h2=0, g2≤0}\Omega_2=\{h_2=0,\ g_2\le 0\}Ω2​={h2​=0, g2​≤0}.

The augmented Lagrangian with respect to Ω1\Omega_1Ω1​ (2.2) is

L(x,λ,μ,ρ)=f(x)+ρ2∑i=1m1([h1(x)]i+λiρ)2+ρ2∑i=1p1([[g1(x)]i+μiρ]+)2.L(x,\lambda,\mu,\rho)=f(x)+\frac{\rho}{2}\sum_{i=1}^{m_1}\Big([h_1(x)]_i+\frac{\lambda_i}{\rho}\Big)^2+\frac{\rho}{2}\sum_{i=1}^{p_1}\Big(\Big[[g_1(x)]_i+\frac{\mu_i}{\rho}\Big]_+\Big)^2 .L(x,λ,μ,ρ)=f(x)+2ρ​i=1∑m1​​([h1​(x)]i​+ρλi​​)2+2ρ​i=1∑p1​​([[g1​(x)]i​+ρμi​​]+​)2.

Algorithm 3.1 works in outer iterations k=1,2,…k=1,2,\dotsk=1,2,… with a penalty parameter ρk\rho_kρk​ and safeguarded multipliers λˉk\bar\lambda_kλˉk​, μˉk\bar\mu_kμˉ​k​ that stay in fixed boxes. At iteration kkk it finds xkx_kxk​ and lower-level multipliers vkv_kvk​, uk≥0u_k\ge 0uk​≥0 that satisfy the KKT conditions of "minimize L(⋅,λˉk,μˉk,ρk)L(\cdot,\bar\lambda_k,\bar\mu_k,\rho_k)L(⋅,λˉk​,μˉ​k​,ρk​) on Ω2\Omega_2Ω2​" up to a tolerance εk→0\varepsilon_k\to 0εk​→0. It then computes the first-order estimates λk+1=λˉk+ρkh1(xk)\lambda_{k+1}=\bar\lambda_k+\rho_k h_1(x_k)λk+1​=λˉk​+ρk​h1​(xk​) and μk+1=max⁡{0,μˉk+ρkg1(xk)}\mu_{k+1}=\max\{0,\bar\mu_k+\rho_k g_1(x_k)\}μk+1​=max{0,μˉ​k​+ρk​g1​(xk​)}. Finally it increases ρk\rho_kρk​ by a factor γ>1\gamma>1γ>1 unless a feasibility-complementarity measure has decreased by the factor τ<1\tau<1τ<1.

A point xxx satisfies CPLD if, whenever some gradients of constraints active at xxx have a nontrivial vanishing linear combination with nonnegative coefficients on the inequalities, those gradients remain linearly dependent at every point of a neighbourhood of xxx.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

If x∗∈Ω1∩Ω2x_*\in\Omega_1\cap\Omega_2x∗​∈Ω1​∩Ω2​ is a limit point of {xk}\{x_k\}{xk​} and satisfies CPLD with respect to all constraints of (2.1), then x∗x_*x∗​ is a KKT point of (2.1). If moreover x∗x_*x∗​ satisfies MFCQ and {xk}k∈K→x∗\{x_k\}_{k\in K}\to x_*{xk​}k∈K​→x∗​, then

{∥λk+1∥, ∥μk+1∥, ∥vk∥, ∥uk∥}k∈K is bounded.(4.8)\{\|\lambda_{k+1}\|,\ \|\mu_{k+1}\|,\ \|v_k\|,\ \|u_k\|\}_{k\in K}\ \text{is bounded.}\tag{4.8}{∥λk+1​∥, ∥μk+1​∥, ∥vk​∥, ∥uk​∥}k∈K​ is bounded.(4.8)

Milestones

  1. (4.9). At every outer iteration, the gradient of the Lagrangian of (2.1) at xkx_kxk​ with multipliers (λk+1,μk+1,vk,uk)(\lambda_{k+1},\mu_{k+1},v_k,u_k)(λk+1​,μk+1​,vk​,uk​) has norm at most εk\varepsilon_kεk​.
  2. (4.10). Along a subsequence converging to x∗x_*x∗​, the multipliers of inequality constraints that are inactive at x∗x_*x∗​ eventually vanish.
  3. (4.11)–(4.15). For a general C1C^1C1 program: if yk→x∗y_k\to x_*yk​→x∗​, x∗x_*x∗​ is feasible and satisfies CPLD, and the residuals ∇F(yk)+∑ak,i∇Hi(yk)+∑bk,j∇Gj(yk)\nabla F(y_k)+\sum a_{k,i}\nabla H_i(y_k)+\sum b_{k,j}\nabla G_j(y_k)∇F(yk​)+∑ak,i​∇Hi​(yk​)+∑bk,j​∇Gj​(yk​) tend to zero with bk≥0b_k\ge 0bk​≥0 supported on the constraints active at x∗x_*x∗​, then x∗x_*x∗​ is a KKT point.
  4. (4.8) under MFCQ. In the same setting with MFCQ instead of CPLD, the coefficients aka_kak​, bkb_kbk​ are bounded.

Significance

The theorem says that the algorithm has the right limit points: a feasible limit point is stationary under a constraint qualification weaker than MFCQ and LICQ, with no assumption on the penalty parameters. Milestone 3 is a result of independent interest: an "approximate KKT" sequence converges to a KKT point under CPLD. This sequential argument was later developed into the theory of approximate KKT conditions (Andreani, Haeser & Martínez 2011), and it applies to any algorithm that produces approximate KKT points, not only to this one. Milestone 4 gives the classical fact that MFCQ bounds the multipliers of such sequences.

All results are proved in the paper. As far as is known, none has a machine-checked proof. Neither CPLD nor the augmented Lagrangian method of this paper is formalized in Mathlib or on the platform. The companion missions of this series formalize Theorem 4.1 (feasibility of limit points) and Theorem 5.4 (boundedness of the penalty parameters).

Difficulty

The obvious argument divides the approximate KKT relation by the size of the multipliers, passes to the limit and obtains a contradiction with the constraint qualification. Under CPLD this argument fails, because CPLD does not bound the multipliers: they may diverge along the sequence even though the limit is a KKT point, and the limit of the normalized relation need not contradict anything at x∗x_*x∗​ itself. CPLD speaks about linear dependence on a whole neighbourhood of x∗x_*x∗​, while the relation holds only at the iterates, so the information has to be transferred from x∗x_*x∗​ to nearby points. A pointwise version of CPLD (dependence at x∗x_*x∗​ only) is plain positive linear dependence, and with it the statement is false.

A second difficulty is complementarity (milestone 2). The safeguarded multipliers μˉk\bar\mu_kμˉ​k​ do not vanish on inactive constraints. Whether μk+1\mu_{k+1}μk+1​ does depends on whether the penalty parameters are bounded, which needs the update rule of Step 4.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and ∇\nabla∇ is Mathlib's gradient. The problem is a structure of component functions indexed by Fin m. The standing assumption "continuous first derivatives on a sufficiently large and open domain" is read as ContDiff ℝ 1 on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn.

A run of Algorithm 3.1 is a predicate on sequences (IsRun), not a computed object:

  • x0x_0x0​ is the initial point and the outer iterations are k≥1k\ge 1k≥1;
  • every outer iteration succeeds, which is the paper's standing assumption of §4;
  • the three tolerances εk,1,εk,2,εk,3\varepsilon_{k,1},\varepsilon_{k,2},\varepsilon_{k,3}εk,1​,εk,2​,εk,3​ of Step 2 are separate, as on the page;
  • ∇L\nabla L∇L is the true gradient of the defined function (2.2);
  • (3.1) uses the Euclidean norm, and (3.4) and Step 4 use the sup norm. The paper's norm is arbitrary, and only εk→0\varepsilon_k\to 0εk​→0 enters.

KKT, CPLD and MFCQ are defined once for an abstract program with finite index types. The constraints of (2.1) enter as the families h1⊕h2h_1\oplus h_2h1​⊕h2​ and g1⊕g2g_1\oplus g_2g1​⊕g2​:

  • the KKT definition includes feasibility, nonnegative inequality multipliers and complementarity;
  • CPLD quantifies over subsets of equality indices and of active inequality indices, and requires linear dependence on a neighbourhood;
  • gradient families are indexed by sum types, so repeated gradients count as dependent.

"Limit point" is MapClusterPt. (4.8) is required for every strictly increasing reindexing converging to x∗x_*x∗​, and it bounds the unsafeguarded estimates λk+1\lambda_{k+1}λk+1​, μk+1\mu_{k+1}μk+1​; the safeguarded ones are bounded by construction and would make (4.8) trivial.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out:

  • a run is satisfiable (a sorry-free sanity check exhibits one, with a feasible CPLD limit point);
  • KKT fails for a nonzero linear objective, so it is not automatic;
  • the gradient is never applied to a function that is not differentiable under the hypotheses;
  • gradient families are never collapsed into sets;
  • the tolerances of Step 2 are not merged into εk\varepsilon_kεk​.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the four milestones and of the goal, and in particular a reusable conic Carathéodory lemma and a library-level "approximate KKT + CPLD ⇒ KKT" theorem (milestone 3), which is useful well beyond this paper.

Selected references

  • R. Andreani, E. G. Birgin, J. M. Martínez, M. L. Schuverdt, On augmented Lagrangian methods with general lower-level constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 18(4):1286–1309, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/060654797 (HAL preprint hal-01295437v1 used here: https://hal.science/hal-01295437)
  • L. Qi, Z. Wei, On the constant positive linear dependence condition and its application to SQP methods, SIAM J. Optim. 10(4):963–981, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623497326629
  • R. Andreani, J. M. Martínez, M. L. Schuverdt, On the relation between constant positive linear dependence condition and quasinormality constraint qualification, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 125(2):473–485, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-004-1861-9
  • O. L. Mangasarian, S. Fromovitz, The Fritz John necessary optimality conditions in the presence of equality and inequality constraints, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 17:37–47, 1967. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247X(67)90163-1
  • R. Andreani, G. Haeser, J. M. Martínez, On sequential optimality conditions for smooth constrained optimization, Optimization 60(5):627–641, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1080/02331930903578700
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Nonlinear Programming, 2nd ed., Athena Scientific, 1999 (Carathéodory's theorem for cones, p. 689).
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On Augmented Lagrangian Methods with General Lower-Level Constraints III: Penalty Parameters Stay Bounded for Equality-Constrained ProblemsResearch Paper

Why the penalty parameter matters

Augmented Lagrangian methods solve a constrained problem by minimizing a sequence of penalized subproblems while updating estimates of the Lagrange multipliers. Each subproblem carries a penalty parameter ρk\rho_kρk​. When ρk\rho_kρk​ grows without bound the subproblems become ill-conditioned and hard to solve, and the method behaves like a plain external penalty method. Avoiding that growth is one of the main reasons for using multiplier updates at all, so conditions under which ρk\rho_kρk​ stays bounded matter both in theory and in practice (Bertsekas 1982; Conn, Gould, Toint 1991).

Andreani, Birgin, Martínez and Schuverdt (SIAM J. Optim. 18 (2007); HAL hal-01295437) propose an augmented Lagrangian method, Algorithm 3.1, in which only some of the constraints are penalized. Their §5 shows that, under classical local hypotheses at the limit point and a subproblem tolerance tied to the current infeasibility, the penalty parameters remain bounded. This mission formalizes that result for equality-constrained problems (Theorem 5.4), together with the general case (Theorem 5.5) as a companion statement.

Setting

Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R, h1:Rn→Rm1h_1:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^{m_1}h1​:Rn→Rm1​, g1:Rn→Rp1g_1:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^{p_1}g1​:Rn→Rp1​, h2:Rn→Rm2h_2:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^{m_2}h2​:Rn→Rm2​, g2:Rn→Rp2g_2:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^{p_2}g2​:Rn→Rp2​ be continuously differentiable. Problem (2.1) is

Minimize f(x)  subject to h1(x)=0, g1(x)≤0, h2(x)=0, g2(x)≤0.\text{Minimize } f(x)\ \text{ subject to } h_1(x)=0,\ g_1(x)\le0,\ h_2(x)=0,\ g_2(x)\le0 .Minimize f(x)  subject to h1​(x)=0, g1​(x)≤0, h2​(x)=0, g2​(x)≤0.

The upper-level constraints h1,g1h_1,g_1h1​,g1​ are penalized by the PHR augmented Lagrangian

L(x,λ,μ,ρ)=f(x)+ρ2∑i=1m1([h1(x)]i+λiρ)2+ρ2∑i=1p1([g1(x)]i+μiρ)+2,L(x,\lambda,\mu,\rho)=f(x)+\frac\rho2\sum_{i=1}^{m_1}\Big([h_1(x)]_i+\frac{\lambda_i}\rho\Big)^2+\frac\rho2\sum_{i=1}^{p_1}\Big([g_1(x)]_i+\frac{\mu_i}\rho\Big)_+^2,L(x,λ,μ,ρ)=f(x)+2ρ​i=1∑m1​​([h1​(x)]i​+ρλi​​)2+2ρ​i=1∑p1​​([g1​(x)]i​+ρμi​​)+2​,

while the lower-level constraints h2,g2h_2,g_2h2​,g2​ stay in the subproblems.

Algorithm 3.1 fixes τ∈[0,1)\tau\in[0,1)τ∈[0,1), γ>1\gamma>1γ>1, ρ1>0\rho_1>0ρ1​>0, a box [λˉmin⁡,λˉmax⁡][\bar\lambda_{\min},\bar\lambda_{\max}][λˉmin​,λˉmax​], a bound μˉmax⁡≥0\bar\mu_{\max}\ge0μˉ​max​≥0 and tolerances εk→0\varepsilon_k\to0εk​→0. At outer iteration k≥1k\ge1k≥1 it finds xkx_kxk​ and lower-level multipliers vk,ukv_k,u_kvk​,uk​ such that xkx_kxk​ is an εk\varepsilon_kεk​-approximate KKT point of minimizing L(⋅,λˉk,μˉk,ρk)L(\cdot,\bar\lambda_k,\bar\mu_k,\rho_k)L(⋅,λˉk​,μˉ​k​,ρk​) over the lower-level set, in the sense of (3.1)–(3.4). It then forms the first-order multiplier estimates

λk+1=λˉk+ρkh1(xk),μk+1=max⁡{0,μˉk+ρkg1(xk)},\lambda_{k+1}=\bar\lambda_k+\rho_k h_1(x_k),\qquad \mu_{k+1}=\max\{0,\bar\mu_k+\rho_k g_1(x_k)\},λk+1​=λˉk​+ρk​h1​(xk​),μk+1​=max{0,μˉ​k​+ρk​g1​(xk​)},

and safeguarded estimates λˉk+1,μˉk+1\bar\lambda_{k+1},\bar\mu_{k+1}λˉk+1​,μˉ​k+1​, which in §5 are the projections of λk+1,μk+1\lambda_{k+1},\mu_{k+1}λk+1​,μk+1​ on their boxes. Finally it updates the penalty parameter: with [σk]i=max⁡{[g1(xk)]i,−[μˉk]i/ρk}[\sigma_k]_i=\max\{[g_1(x_k)]_i,-[\bar\mu_k]_i/\rho_k\}[σk​]i​=max{[g1​(xk​)]i​,−[μˉ​k​]i​/ρk​},

ρk+1={ρkif max⁡{∥h1(xk)∥∞,∥σk∥∞}≤τmax⁡{∥h1(xk−1)∥∞,∥σk−1∥∞},γρkotherwise.\rho_{k+1}=\begin{cases}\rho_k & \text{if } \max\{\|h_1(x_k)\|_\infty,\|\sigma_k\|_\infty\}\le\tau\max\{\|h_1(x_{k-1})\|_\infty,\|\sigma_{k-1}\|_\infty\},\\ \gamma\rho_k & \text{otherwise.}\end{cases}ρk+1​={ρk​γρk​​if max{∥h1​(xk​)∥∞​,∥σk​∥∞​}≤τmax{∥h1​(xk−1​)∥∞​,∥σk−1​∥∞​},otherwise.​

In §5.1 there are no inequality constraints (p1=p2=0p_1=p_2=0p1​=p2​=0): problem (5.1), with Lagrangian L0(x,λ,v)=f(x)+⟨h1(x),λ⟩+⟨h2(x),v⟩L_0(x,\lambda,v)=f(x)+\langle h_1(x),\lambda\rangle+\langle h_2(x),v\rangleL0​(x,λ,v)=f(x)+⟨h1​(x),λ⟩+⟨h2​(x),v⟩. Assumptions 1–6 at the limit x∗x_*x∗​ of {xk}\{x_k\}{xk​} are: convergence, feasibility, linear independence of all constraint gradients, C2C^2C2 near x∗x_*x∗​, the second-order sufficient condition with multipliers λ∗,v∗\lambda_*,v_*λ∗​,v∗​, and λ∗\lambda_*λ∗​ in the interior of the safeguard box.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.4

Under Assumptions 1–6, τ>0\tau>0τ>0, and εk≤ηk∥h1(xk)∥∞\varepsilon_k\le\eta_k\|h_1(x_k)\|_\inftyεk​≤ηk​∥h1​(xk​)∥∞​ for a sequence ηk→0\eta_k\to0ηk​→0,

sup⁡kρk<∞.\sup_k\rho_k<\infty .ksup​ρk​<∞.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Proposition 5.1: λk→λ∗\lambda_k\to\lambda_*λk​→λ∗​, vk→v∗v_k\to v_*vk​→v∗​, and λˉk=λk\bar\lambda_k=\lambda_kλˉk​=λk​ for kkk large.
  2. Lemma 5.2: there is ρˉ>0\bar\rho>0ρˉ​>0 such that for all π∈[0,1/ρˉ]\pi\in[0,1/\bar\rho]π∈[0,1/ρˉ​]
(∇xx2L0(x∗,λ∗,v∗)∇h1(x∗)∇h2(x∗)∇h1(x∗)T−πI0∇h2(x∗)T00) is nonsingular.\begin{pmatrix}\nabla^2_{xx}L_0(x_*,\lambda_*,v_*)&\nabla h_1(x_*)&\nabla h_2(x_*)\\ \nabla h_1(x_*)^T&-\pi I&0\\ \nabla h_2(x_*)^T&0&0\end{pmatrix}\ \text{is nonsingular.}​∇xx2​L0​(x∗​,λ∗​,v∗​)∇h1​(x∗​)T∇h2​(x∗​)T​∇h1​(x∗​)−πI0​∇h2​(x∗​)00​​ is nonsingular.
  1. Lemma 5.3: if ρk≥ρˉ\rho_k\ge\bar\rhoρk​≥ρˉ​ eventually, then for kkk large
∥xk−x∗∥, ∥λk+1−λ∗∥≤Mmax⁡{∥λˉk−λ∗∥∞ρk,∥αk∥,∥βk∥},\|x_k-x_*\|,\ \|\lambda_{k+1}-\lambda_*\|\le M\max\Big\{\tfrac{\|\bar\lambda_k-\lambda_*\|_\infty}{\rho_k},\|\alpha_k\|,\|\beta_k\|\Big\},∥xk​−x∗​∥, ∥λk+1​−λ∗​∥≤Mmax{ρk​∥λˉk​−λ∗​∥∞​​,∥αk​∥,∥βk​∥},

with αk=∇L(xk,λˉk,ρk)+∇h2(xk)vk\alpha_k=\nabla L(x_k,\bar\lambda_k,\rho_k)+\nabla h_2(x_k)v_kαk​=∇L(xk​,λˉk​,ρk​)+∇h2​(xk​)vk​ and βk=h2(xk)\beta_k=h_2(x_k)βk​=h2​(xk​). 4. (5.10): if ρk→∞\rho_k\to\inftyρk​→∞, then ∥h1(xk)∥∞≤C∥λk−λ∗∥∞/ρk\|h_1(x_k)\|_\infty\le C\|\lambda_k-\lambda_*\|_\infty/\rho_k∥h1​(xk​)∥∞​≤C∥λk​−λ∗​∥∞​/ρk​ for kkk large. 5. Contraction: if ρk→∞\rho_k\to\inftyρk​→∞, then ∥h1(xk)∥∞≤(C/ρk)∥h1(xk−1)∥∞\|h_1(x_k)\|_\infty\le (C/\rho_k)\|h_1(x_{k-1})\|_\infty∥h1​(xk​)∥∞​≤(C/ρk​)∥h1​(xk−1​)∥∞​ for kkk large.

Companion statements

Theorem 5.5, the general problem (2.1) under Assumptions 7–13 (LICQ, C2C^2C2, a second-order condition on the tangent subspace of all active constraints, multipliers inside the safeguard boxes, strict complementarity for the active upper-level inequalities), with εk≤ηkmax⁡{∥h1(xk)∥∞,∥σk∥∞}\varepsilon_k\le\eta_k\max\{\|h_1(x_k)\|_\infty,\|\sigma_k\|_\infty\}εk​≤ηk​max{∥h1​(xk​)∥∞​,∥σk​∥∞​}; and two steps of its proof, (5.13) and (5.14).

Significance

Theorem 5.4 tells a user of the method when it does not degenerate: if the safeguard box contains the true multipliers and the subproblems are solved to a precision proportional to the current infeasibility, then the penalty parameter is eventually constant. The Remark after Theorem 5.5 draws the practical conclusion that the box should be large enough to contain the true multipliers. The result underlies the analysis of the ALGENCAN solver built on Algorithm 3.1.

The results are proved on paper. To our knowledge none of them, nor the PHR augmented Lagrangian method itself, has a machine-checked formalization. A formal proof would also pin down two gaps in the printed statements, recorded under Formalization scope: the case τ=0\tau=0τ=0 and the early iterations in Lemma 5.3. The local analysis (a uniformly nonsingular KKT matrix and implicit-function error bounds for multiplier estimates) is reusable for other augmented Lagrangian and SQP methods.

Difficulty

Without the second-order structure there is no reason for ρk\rho_kρk​ to stay bounded: the update test compares consecutive infeasibilities, and nothing in the global theory forces them to decrease geometrically. The local argument has to show that ∥h1(xk)∥∞\|h_1(x_k)\|_\infty∥h1​(xk​)∥∞​ contracts by a factor of order 1/ρk1/\rho_k1/ρk​, which requires error bounds for both xkx_kxk​ and λk+1\lambda_{k+1}λk+1​ that hold uniformly as 1/ρk1/\rho_k1/ρk​ varies in an interval containing 000. The uniformity in the perturbation parameter π=1/ρk\pi=1/\rho_kπ=1/ρk​, around the singular-looking limit π=0\pi=0π=0, is the central difficulty. Applying the implicit function theorem at each fixed ρ\rhoρ does not give it.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). Constraint maps are families of real functions indexed by Fin m, and problem (5.1) is (2.1) with p1=p2=0p_1=p_2=0p1​=p2​=0. The norm in (3.1), on xxx and on αk\alpha_kαk​ is Euclidean. Every ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​, and the norms in (3.4), on λ\lambdaλ and on βk\beta_kβk​, are the sup norm. The paper's norm is arbitrary and the constants absorb the change. A run of Algorithm 3.1 is a predicate on sequences: x 0 is x0x_0x0​, the outer iterations are k≥1k\ge1k≥1, and the three tolerances of Step 2 are kept separate. The gradient in (3.1) is the true gradient of the defined augmented Lagrangian. "Continuous first derivatives" is C1C^1C1 on Rn\mathbb R^nRn; "continuous second derivatives near x∗x_*x∗​" is ContDiffAt ℝ 2. Hessians are derivatives of gradients. Every statement that uses a Hessian assumes C2C^2C2 at x∗x_*x∗​, so it cannot be a junk value. Assumption 5 is pinned to Fletcher's equality-constrained second-order sufficient condition. Linear independence is that of a family indexed by a sum type, so equal gradients count as dependent.

Added hypotheses, each stated in the item's Formalization Note:

  • τ>0\tau>0τ>0 in Theorems 5.4 and 5.5. With τ=0\tau=0τ=0 the theorem is false.
  • Lemma 5.3 holds for k≥k1k\ge k_1k≥k1​ instead of every kkk. It is false at early iterations.
  • In Proposition 5.1, λ∗,v∗\lambda_*,v_*λ∗​,v∗​ are Lagrange multipliers at x∗x_*x∗​.
  • In Theorem 5.5, the multipliers are KKT multipliers of (2.1), and strict complementarity holds for the active lower-level inequalities. Without it the theorem fails when τγ<1\tau\gamma<1τγ<1.

Statements that would trivialize the goal are excluded. These include a run predicate that no sequence satisfies, merging the three tolerances into εk\varepsilon_kεk​, collapsing gradient families into sets, a junk Hessian, and assuming ρk→∞\rho_k\to\inftyρk​→∞ or ρk≥ρˉ\rho_k\ge\bar\rhoρk​≥ρˉ​ in the goal. The last two appear only as milestone hypotheses.

A complete development needs the PHR gradient formula, uniform invertibility of a continuous family of matrices on a compact interval, a quantitative inverse function estimate for C1C^1C1 maps, and the convergence of multiplier estimates under LICQ. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas for these pieces, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Andreani, E. G. Birgin, J. M. Martínez, M. L. Schuverdt, On augmented Lagrangian methods with general lower-level constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 18(4), 2007, 1286–1309. https://doi.org/10.1137/060654797 (HAL hal-01295437v1: https://hal.science/hal-01295437)
  • R. Fletcher, Practical Methods of Optimization, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118723203
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Constrained Optimization and Lagrange Multiplier Methods, Academic Press, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1016/C2013-0-10366-2
  • A. R. Conn, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, A globally convergent augmented Lagrangian algorithm for optimization with general constraints and simple bounds, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 28(2), 1991, 545–572. https://doi.org/10.1137/0728030
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Convergence of the Proximal Algorithm for Nonsmooth Functions Involving Analytic Features: Bounded Proximal Sequences of Łojasiewicz Functions Have Finite Length and a Critical LimitResearch Paper

Motivation

The proximal algorithm is the basic implicit scheme for minimizing a function fff: from the current point xkx^kxk it moves to a minimizer of fff plus a quadratic penalty on the distance travelled. For convex fff its convergence theory is classical (Martinet 1970, Rockafellar 1976). For nonconvex, nonsmooth fff the situation is different: descent and boundedness give only that limit points are critical, and the whole sequence may fail to converge even for smooth fff (Palis–de Melo; Absil, Mahony and Andrews, SIAM J. Optim. 2005).

Attouch and Bolte (Math. Program. 116, 2009, online 2007; author's version hal-00803898) showed that the Łojasiewicz inequality, which holds for real-analytic functions and for continuous subanalytic functions, restores convergence of the whole sequence for the nonsmooth proximal algorithm, together with explicit rates. The argument is Łojasiewicz's original gradient-flow idea transferred to a discrete, nonsmooth setting. It became the template for the later convergence analyses of proximal alternating minimization, forward–backward splitting and PALM under the Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz property, which are used throughout nonconvex optimization, signal processing and machine learning.

Timeline:

  • 1963: Łojasiewicz proves his gradient inequality for real-analytic functions and deduces convergence of bounded gradient trajectories.
  • 2005: Absil, Mahony and Andrews prove convergence of descent methods for analytic cost functions.
  • 2007: Bolte, Daniilidis and Lewis extend the inequality to nonsmooth subanalytic functions with the limiting subdifferential (SIAM J. Optim. 17).
  • 2007/2009: Attouch and Bolte prove the result of this mission for the proximal algorithm.

Setting

Points live in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean norm ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣. Let f:Rn→R∪{+∞}f:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}f:Rn→R∪{+∞} be proper (never −∞-\infty−∞, finite somewhere) and lower semicontinuous, with domain dom⁡f={x:f(x)<+∞}\operatorname{dom} f=\{x: f(x)<+\infty\}domf={x:f(x)<+∞}.

The limiting subdifferential ∂f(x)\partial f(x)∂f(x) is the set of limits x∗x^*x∗ of Fréchet subgradients xj∗∈∂^f(xj)x_j^*\in\hat\partial f(x_j)xj∗​∈∂^f(xj​) along sequences xj→xx_j\to xxj​→x with f(xj)→f(x)f(x_j)\to f(x)f(xj​)→f(x). A point with 0∈∂f(x)0\in\partial f(x)0∈∂f(x) is critical, and the set of critical points is crit⁡f\operatorname{crit} fcritf.

Fix 0<λ−<λ+<+∞0<\lambda_-<\lambda_+<+\infty0<λ−​<λ+​<+∞ and step sizes λk∈(λ−,λ+)\lambda_k\in(\lambda_-,\lambda_+)λk​∈(λ−​,λ+​). From an arbitrary x0x^0x0 the proximal algorithm produces

xk+1∈argmin⁡{f(u)+12λk∣u−xk∣2:u∈Rn}.(2)x^{k+1}\in\operatorname{argmin}\Big\{f(u)+\frac{1}{2\lambda_k}|u-x^k|^2 : u\in\mathbb R^n\Big\}.\qquad(2)xk+1∈argmin{f(u)+2λk​1​∣u−xk∣2:u∈Rn}.(2)

Any minimizer may be selected. The standing hypotheses are

  • (H1) inf⁡Rnf>−∞\inf_{\mathbb R^n} f>-\inftyinfRn​f>−∞;
  • (H2) the restriction of fff to dom⁡f\operatorname{dom} fdomf is continuous;
  • (H3) the Łojasiewicz property: for every critical point x^\hat xx^ there are C,ε>0C,\varepsilon>0C,ε>0 and θ∈[0,1)\theta\in[0,1)θ∈[0,1) with
∣f(x)−f(x^)∣θ≤C∣x∗∣∀x∈B(x^,ε), ∀x∗∈∂f(x),(5)|f(x)-f(\hat x)|^\theta\le C|x^*|\qquad\forall x\in B(\hat x,\varepsilon),\ \forall x^*\in\partial f(x),\qquad(5)∣f(x)−f(x^)∣θ≤C∣x∗∣∀x∈B(x^,ε), ∀x∗∈∂f(x),(5)

with the convention 00=00^0=000=0 (Remark 4). The number θ\thetaθ in (5) at a point is a Łojasiewicz exponent of that point.

ω(x0)\omega(x^0)ω(x0) denotes the set of limit points of (xk)(x^k)(xk).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (convergence)

Under (H1), (H2), (H3), if (xk)(x^k)(xk) is bounded then

∑k=0∞∣xk+1−xk∣<+∞andxk→x∞∈crit⁡f.\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}|x^{k+1}-x^k|<+\infty\quad\text{and}\quad x^k\to x^\infty\in\operatorname{crit} f.k=0∑∞​∣xk+1−xk∣<+∞andxk→x∞∈critf.

It fixes no constants and holds for every admissible step sequence and every selection in (2).

Milestones

  • (3): xk+1=xk−λkgk+1x^{k+1}=x^k-\lambda_k g^{k+1}xk+1=xk−λk​gk+1 with gk+1∈∂f(xk+1)g^{k+1}\in\partial f(x^{k+1})gk+1∈∂f(xk+1).
  • Proposition 2 (i)–(ii): f(xk)f(x^k)f(xk) is nonincreasing and ∑∣xk+1−xk∣2<∞\sum|x^{k+1}-x^k|^2<\infty∑∣xk+1−xk∣2<∞.
  • Proposition 2 (iii): ω(x0)⊂crit⁡f\omega(x^0)\subset\operatorname{crit} fω(x0)⊂critf under (H2).
  • Proposition 2 (iv): for bounded (xk)(x^k)(xk), ω(x0)\omega(x^0)ω(x0) is nonempty, compact and connected, and d(xk,ω(x0))→0d(x^k,\omega(x^0))\to0d(xk,ω(x0))→0.
  • Lemma 3 (i): fff is constant on a connected set of critical points.
  • Lemma 3 (ii): (5) holds with common constants on {x:d(x,K)≤ε}\{x: d(x,K)\le\varepsilon\}{x:d(x,K)≤ε} for compact connected K⊂crit⁡fK\subset\operatorname{crit} fK⊂critf.
  • (8) and (9), the one-step and summed length estimates of the proof.

Further statements

Theorem 5 (rates): with θ\thetaθ a Łojasiewicz exponent of x∞x^\inftyx∞, θ=0\theta=0θ=0 gives finite termination, θ∈(0,12]\theta\in(0,\frac12]θ∈(0,21​] gives ∣xk−x∞∣≤cQk|x^k-x^\infty|\le cQ^k∣xk−x∞∣≤cQk with Q∈[0,1)Q\in[0,1)Q∈[0,1), and θ∈(12,1)\theta\in(\frac12,1)θ∈(21​,1) gives ∣xk−x∞∣≤c k−(1−θ)/(2θ−1)|x^k-x^\infty|\le c\,k^{-(1-\theta)/(2\theta-1)}∣xk−x∞∣≤ck−(1−θ)/(2θ−1). Also: well-posedness of (2) under (H1), Proposition 2 (v), and Remark 2.

Significance

The theorem turns subsequential convergence into convergence of the whole sequence, with finite length, for a class that includes semi-algebraic, real-analytic and continuous subanalytic functions. Finite length is the property later used to analyse splitting and alternating schemes under the Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz property, and Theorem 5 is the first rate classification by the Łojasiewicz exponent for a nonsmooth algorithm.

The results are proved on paper. No machine-checked proof of Theorem 4 or Theorem 5 is known to exist. A formalization adds a checked convergence theorem for the nonsmooth proximal algorithm with extended-real-valued fff, and a reusable set of descent, limit-set and uniformization lemmas that apply to other Łojasiewicz-type analyses.

Difficulty

Descent and ∑∣xk+1−xk∣2<∞\sum|x^{k+1}-x^k|^2<\infty∑∣xk+1−xk∣2<∞ give only ∣xk+1−xk∣→0|x^{k+1}-x^k|\to0∣xk+1−xk∣→0, which does not imply convergence: the iterates can circle a continuum of critical points with square-summable but non-summable steps, as in the counterexamples for smooth functions. The step that must be supplied is summability of ∣xk+1−xk∣|x^{k+1}-x^k|∣xk+1−xk∣ itself. The local inequality (5) holds only near one critical point with its own constants, while the iterates approach a whole compact set ω(x0)\omega(x^0)ω(x0), so the local constants first have to be made uniform near that set. The nonsmooth setting adds two difficulties: fff takes the value +∞+\infty+∞, and subgradients are limits of Fréchet subgradients, so their closure properties have to be established for this subdifferential.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); n=0n=0n=0 is allowed. fff is EReal-valued and proper means never ⊥\bot⊥ and somewhere not ⊤\top⊤. Lower semicontinuity is Mathlib's LowerSemicontinuous. (H2) is ContinuousOn f {x | f x ≠ ⊤}. The limiting subdifferential and crit⁡f\operatorname{crit} fcritf are the published platform definitions NonconvexSplitting.Shared.LimitingSubdiff and NonsmoothLojasiewicz.Continuous.crit. Algorithm (2) is a predicate on a sequence (every step is some minimizer), not a proximal map. Limit points are cluster points of the sequence. The power in (5) is lojPow θ s = if s = 0 then 0 else s ^ θ, which implements 00=00^0=000=0; real values of fff are used only where fff is finite.

Standing assumptions carried by the goal and Theorem 5: fff proper and lower semicontinuous, (H1), (H2), (H3), 0<λ−<λ+0<\lambda_-<\lambda_+0<λ−​<λ+​ with λk∈(λ−,λ+)\lambda_k\in(\lambda_-,\lambda_+)λk​∈(λ−​,λ+​), a sequence complying with (2), and boundedness of its range. Milestones drop the assumptions their claims do not use. The milestones (8) and (9) also assume xk+1≠xkx^{k+1}\ne x^kxk+1=xk for all kkk and use ℓ=inf⁡kf(xk)\ell=\inf_k f(x^k)ℓ=infk​f(xk). Both come from the proof's normalization. This reduction is not a hypothesis of Theorem 4: a goal that assumed it, mentioned the constants θ,M,N0,r\theta,M,N_0,rθ,M,N0​,r, or assumed (8) would not be the paper's theorem.

The development needs the closure properties of the limiting subdifferential, the Fermat rule for proximal steps, and compactness and connectedness of limit sets of sequences with vanishing steps. These are reusable for every Łojasiewicz-type convergence proof. Proofs of individual milestones, of the rate lemmas in the proof of Theorem 5, and of the example f(x)=∣x∣2/2f(x)=|x|^2/2f(x)=∣x∣2/2 are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Attouch, J. Bolte, On the convergence of the proximal algorithm for nonsmooth functions involving analytic features, Math. Program. 116(1–2):5–16, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0133-5 (author's version: https://hal.science/hal-00803898v1)
  • J. Bolte, A. Daniilidis, A. Lewis, The Łojasiewicz inequality for nonsmooth subanalytic functions with applications to subgradient dynamical systems, SIAM J. Optim. 17(4):1205–1223, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/050644641
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, B. Andrews, Convergence of the iterates of descent methods for analytic cost functions, SIAM J. Optim. 16(2):531–547, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1137/040605266
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
  • S. Łojasiewicz, Une propriété topologique des sous-ensembles analytiques réels, in Les Équations aux Dérivées Partielles, CNRS, Paris, 1963, pp. 87–89.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On Augmented Lagrangian Methods with General Lower-Level Constraints I: Bounded Penalties Give Feasible Limit Points; Otherwise KKT for the Infeasibility Problem or CPLD FailsResearch Paper

Motivation

Augmented Lagrangian methods (the method of multipliers of Hestenes, Powell and Rockafellar) solve a constrained nonlinear program by a sequence of easier subproblems in which some constraints are moved into the objective through a penalty term plus a multiplier estimate. Andreani, Birgin, Martínez and Schuverdt (SIAM J. Optim. 18 (2007); preprint HAL hal-01295437) split the constraints into upper-level constraints, which are penalized, and lower-level constraints, which are kept in every subproblem and may be arbitrary (not only bounds). This is the design of the solver ALGENCAN and of its successors.

A practical method usually cannot guarantee that its iterates approach a feasible point: the problem may be infeasible, and even when it is not, a local method may stall. The question this mission formalizes is what a limit point of the method is when the penalty parameter is or is not driven to infinity. The answer, Theorem 4.1 of the paper, states that infeasible limit points are not arbitrary: they are stationary for the problem of minimizing the upper-level infeasibility over the lower-level set, unless a weak constraint qualification fails there.

Setting

The problem is (2.1):

Minimize f(x)  subject to  h1(x)=0, g1(x)≤0, h2(x)=0, g2(x)≤0,\text{Minimize } f(x)\ \text{ subject to }\ h_1(x)=0,\ g_1(x)\le0,\ h_2(x)=0,\ g_2(x)\le0,Minimize f(x)  subject to  h1​(x)=0, g1​(x)≤0, h2​(x)=0, g2​(x)≤0,

with f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R, h1:Rn→Rm1h_1:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^{m_1}h1​:Rn→Rm1​, g1:Rn→Rp1g_1:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^{p_1}g1​:Rn→Rp1​, h2:Rn→Rm2h_2:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^{m_2}h2​:Rn→Rm2​, g2:Rn→Rp2g_2:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^{p_2}g2​:Rn→Rp2​, all continuously differentiable. Write Ω1={x:h1(x)=0, g1(x)≤0}\Omega_1=\{x: h_1(x)=0,\ g_1(x)\le0\}Ω1​={x:h1​(x)=0, g1​(x)≤0} and Ω2={x:h2(x)=0, g2(x)≤0}\Omega_2=\{x: h_2(x)=0,\ g_2(x)\le0\}Ω2​={x:h2​(x)=0, g2​(x)≤0}.

The PHR augmented Lagrangian (2.2) with respect to Ω1\Omega_1Ω1​ is, for ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, λ∈Rm1\lambda\in\mathbb R^{m_1}λ∈Rm1​, μ∈R+p1\mu\in\mathbb R^{p_1}_+μ∈R+p1​​,

L(x,λ,μ,ρ)=f(x)+ρ2∑i=1m1([h1(x)]i+λiρ)2+ρ2∑i=1p1([g1(x)]i+μiρ)+2.L(x,\lambda,\mu,\rho)=f(x)+\frac\rho2\sum_{i=1}^{m_1}\Big([h_1(x)]_i+\frac{\lambda_i}\rho\Big)^2+\frac\rho2\sum_{i=1}^{p_1}\Big([g_1(x)]_i+\frac{\mu_i}\rho\Big)_+^2 .L(x,λ,μ,ρ)=f(x)+2ρ​i=1∑m1​​([h1​(x)]i​+ρλi​​)2+2ρ​i=1∑p1​​([g1​(x)]i​+ρμi​​)+2​.

Algorithm 3.1 has parameters τ∈[0,1)\tau\in[0,1)τ∈[0,1), γ>1\gamma>1γ>1, ρ1>0\rho_1>0ρ1​>0, boxes [λˉmin⁡,λˉmax⁡][\bar\lambda_{\min},\bar\lambda_{\max}][λˉmin​,λˉmax​] and [0,μˉmax⁡][0,\bar\mu_{\max}][0,μˉ​max​], and tolerances εk≥0\varepsilon_k\ge0εk​≥0 with εk→0\varepsilon_k\to0εk​→0. At outer iteration k=1,2,…k=1,2,\dotsk=1,2,… it finds xkx_kxk​ and lower-level multipliers vkv_kvk​, uk≥0u_k\ge0uk​≥0 satisfying the approximate KKT conditions (3.1)–(3.4) of minimizing L(⋅,λˉk,μˉk,ρk)L(\cdot,\bar\lambda_k,\bar\mu_k,\rho_k)L(⋅,λˉk​,μˉ​k​,ρk​) over Ω2\Omega_2Ω2​ to tolerance εk\varepsilon_kεk​; it chooses new safeguarded multipliers λˉk+1\bar\lambda_{k+1}λˉk+1​, μˉk+1\bar\mu_{k+1}μˉ​k+1​ in the boxes; and it keeps ρk+1=ρk\rho_{k+1}=\rho_kρk+1​=ρk​ when

max⁡{∥h1(xk)∥∞,∥σk∥∞}≤τmax⁡{∥h1(xk−1)∥∞,∥σk−1∥∞},[σk]i=max⁡{[g1(xk)]i,−[μˉk]iρk},\max\{\|h_1(x_k)\|_\infty,\|\sigma_k\|_\infty\}\le\tau\max\{\|h_1(x_{k-1})\|_\infty,\|\sigma_{k-1}\|_\infty\},\qquad[\sigma_k]_i=\max\Big\{[g_1(x_k)]_i,-\frac{[\bar\mu_k]_i}{\rho_k}\Big\},max{∥h1​(xk​)∥∞​,∥σk​∥∞​}≤τmax{∥h1​(xk−1​)∥∞​,∥σk−1​∥∞​},[σk​]i​=max{[g1​(xk​)]i​,−ρk​[μˉ​k​]i​​},

and sets ρk+1=γρk\rho_{k+1}=\gamma\rho_kρk+1​=γρk​ otherwise. A run is a sequence produced this way in which the subproblem of Step 2 is always solvable.

A point xxx is a KKT point of a problem with objective FFF, equalities HiH_iHi​ and inequalities GjG_jGj​ if it is feasible and ∇F(x)+∑iai∇Hi(x)+∑jbj∇Gj(x)=0\nabla F(x)+\sum_i a_i\nabla H_i(x)+\sum_j b_j\nabla G_j(x)=0∇F(x)+∑i​ai​∇Hi​(x)+∑j​bj​∇Gj​(x)=0 for some aaa and some b≥0b\ge0b≥0 vanishing on inactive inequalities. The constant positive linear dependence condition (CPLD, Qi and Wei) holds at xxx if every nontrivial null combination of gradients of equalities and active inequalities, with nonnegative coefficients on the inequalities, has gradients that remain linearly dependent at every point near xxx. CPLD is weaker than both LICQ and the Mangasarian–Fromovitz condition.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

Let {xk}\{x_k\}{xk​} be a run and x∗x_*x∗​ a limit point of it. If {ρk}\{\rho_k\}{ρk​} is bounded, then x∗∈Ω1∩Ω2x_*\in\Omega_1\cap\Omega_2x∗​∈Ω1​∩Ω2​. Otherwise at least one of the following holds:

  1. x∗x_*x∗​ is a KKT point of
Minimize 12[∑i=1m1[h1(x)]i2+∑i=1p1max⁡{0,[g1(x)]i}2]  subject to x∈Ω2;(4.1)\text{Minimize }\frac12\Big[\sum_{i=1}^{m_1}[h_1(x)]_i^2+\sum_{i=1}^{p_1}\max\{0,[g_1(x)]_i\}^2\Big]\ \text{ subject to } x\in\Omega_2; \tag{4.1}Minimize 21​[i=1∑m1​​[h1​(x)]i2​+i=1∑p1​​max{0,[g1​(x)]i​}2]  subject to x∈Ω2​;(4.1)
  1. x∗x_*x∗​ does not satisfy CPLD with respect to the constraints h2,g2h_2,g_2h2​,g2​ defining Ω2\Omega_2Ω2​.

Milestones

  1. Every limit point lies in Ω2\Omega_2Ω2​.
  2. If {ρk}\{\rho_k\}{ρk​} is bounded, ∥h1(xk)∥∞→0\|h_1(x_k)\|_\infty\to0∥h1​(xk​)∥∞​→0 and ∥σk∥∞→0\|\sigma_k\|_\infty\to0∥σk​∥∞​→0.
  3. If {ρk}\{\rho_k\}{ρk​} is bounded, every limit point is feasible (the first half of the goal).
  4. (4.2): the residual δk\delta_kδk​ of (3.1), with ∇L\nabla L∇L written out from (2.2), satisfies ∥δk∥≤εk\|\delta_k\|\le\varepsilon_k∥δk​∥≤εk​ and δk→0\delta_k\to0δk​→0.
  5. Carathéodory's theorem for cones with free and nonnegative generators, with a linearly independent support, as used for (4.3).

Significance

Theorem 4.1 is the feasibility half of the global convergence theory of the method; Theorem 4.2 of the same paper (a companion mission) shows that feasible limit points satisfying CPLD are KKT points of (2.1). Together they say that the method either finds a stationary point of the original problem or a stationary point of the infeasibility, under a constraint qualification weaker than MFCQ and only at the limit point. Because the lower-level set is arbitrary, the theorem covers the many variants in which bounds, linear constraints or structured sets are kept out of the penalty.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. Formalizing it requires the gradient of the PHR function, a conic Carathéodory theorem with linear independence (Mathlib contains only the convex-hull version), and the subsequence and normalization arguments of the proof. Each is reusable: milestone 5 is used again, unchanged, in the proof of Theorem 4.2.

Difficulty

The bounded case is elementary. The unbounded case is where the work lies. Dividing the approximate stationarity condition by ρk\rho_kρk​ removes the objective and the multiplier estimates, but the lower-level multipliers vk,ukv_k,u_kvk​,uk​ divided by ρk\rho_kρk​ need not stay bounded, so no limit can be taken directly. The supports of the lower-level combinations must first be reduced to linearly independent ones, uniformly along a subsequence, before the bounded/unbounded dichotomy on the reduced multipliers yields either a KKT point of (4.1) or a nontrivial null combination at x∗x_*x∗​ whose gradients are independent at points arbitrarily close to x∗x_*x∗​. Taking limits of the original multipliers without this reduction does not work.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); constraint maps are families of real functions indexed by Fin m. Continuous differentiability "on a sufficiently large and open domain" is read as C1C^1C1 on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn. The norm in (3.1) is the Euclidean one; (3.4), Step 4 and the vectors h1(xk)h_1(x_k)h1​(xk​), σk\sigma_kσk​ use the sup norm. The paper's norm is arbitrary and the results do not depend on the choice. A run is a predicate on sequences indexed by N\mathbb NN: x 0 is the initial point x0x_0x0​, the outer iterations are k≥1k\ge1k≥1, the three subproblem tolerances εk,1,εk,2,εk,3\varepsilon_{k,1},\varepsilon_{k,2},\varepsilon_{k,3}εk,1​,εk,2​,εk,3​ are kept separate, and ∇L\nabla L∇L is the true gradient of the defined function (2.2). "Limit point" is a cluster point of the sequence; "bounded" is boundedness above of {ρk}\{\rho_k\}{ρk​}. KKT and CPLD are defined once for arbitrary finite index types; CPLD carries no feasibility clause, and linear independence is that of a family indexed by a disjoint union, so a repeated gradient counts as dependent.

No hypothesis is added to Theorem 4.1 beyond the C1C^1C1 reading. Junk values cannot trivialize the statement: the run evaluates (2.2) and σk\sigma_kσk​ only at ρk≥ρ1>0\rho_k\ge\rho_1>0ρk​≥ρ1​>0; the gradients are taken of C1C^1C1 functions; the run is satisfiable; and both alternatives (i) and (ii) can fail at the same point, so the second half of the theorem has content.

Contributions are welcome on every milestone. The gradient computation (4.2) and the conic Carathéodory theorem are self-contained and useful beyond this paper.

Selected references

  • R. Andreani, E. G. Birgin, J. M. Martínez, M. L. Schuverdt, On augmented Lagrangian methods with general lower-level constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 18(4), 1286–1309, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/060654797 (preprint: https://hal.science/hal-01295437)
  • L. Qi, Z. Wei, On the constant positive linear dependence condition and its application to SQP methods, SIAM J. Optim. 10(4), 963–981, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623497326629
  • R. Andreani, J. M. Martínez, M. L. Schuverdt, On the relation between constant positive linear dependence condition and quasinormality constraint qualification, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 125, 473–483, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-004-1861-9
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Nonlinear Programming, 2nd ed., Athena Scientific, 1999 (Carathéodory's theorem for cones, p. 689).
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Dynamic Programming 2: The Discounted Robust Value Function Is the Unique Fixed Point of the Robust Bellman OperatorResearch Paper

Motivation

Markov decision processes model sequential decisions under uncertainty, and their optimal policies are computed from transition probabilities that in practice are estimated from data. Optimal policies can be sensitive to estimation error in those probabilities. Robust dynamic programming replaces each transition law by a set of plausible laws and evaluates a policy by its worst-case expected reward over that set. Garud Iyengar's Robust dynamic programming (CORC Tech Report TR-2002-07, 2002, rev. 2004; Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 2005) set up this theory for countable state spaces and history-dependent policies. It isolated the Rectangularity assumption under which the robust problem keeps a Bellman equation. In the same period, Nilim and El Ghaoui studied robust control of Markov decision processes with finite state spaces.

Timeline:

  • 1968, 1973. Satia (PhD thesis) and Satia and Lave (Operations Research 21) treat finite-state, finite-action Markov decision processes with uncertain transition probabilities. They state the max–min optimality equation and the optimality of stationary policies, assuming convex uncertainty sets, and do not prove that the solution of the equation is the robust value function.
  • 2001. Bagnell, Ng and Schneider analyse robust policies when the decision maker is restricted to stationary policies.
  • 2002–2005. Iyengar (this paper) and Nilim and El Ghaoui (Operations Research 53, 2005) give the rectangular theory. Iyengar proves the discounted robust Bellman equation for countable state spaces, against history-dependent randomized policies and an adversary that may change the law at every visit.

Setting

A discounted ambiguous Markov decision process has a countable state set S\mathcal SS, for each state sss a nonempty set A(s)\mathcal A(s)A(s) of admissible actions, for each admissible pair (s,a)(s,a)(s,a) a nonempty set P(s,a)\mathcal P(s,a)P(s,a) of probability measures on S\mathcal SS (the ambiguity set), a bounded reward r(s,a,s′)r(s,a,s')r(s,a,s′) and a discount factor λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1). Decisions are made at epochs t=0,1,2,…t=0,1,2,\dotst=0,1,2,….

A policy π=(d0,d1,… )\pi=(d_0,d_1,\dots)π=(d0​,d1​,…) maps each history ht=(s0,a0,…,st)h_t=(s_0,a_0,\dots,s_t)ht​=(s0​,a0​,…,st​) to a probability measure on A(st)\mathcal A(s_t)A(st​). Π\PiΠ is the set of all such policies. A deterministic Markov policy plays dt(st)d_t(s_t)dt​(st​) for maps dt:S→Ad_t:\mathcal S\to\mathcal Adt​:S→A with dt(s)∈A(s)d_t(s)\in\mathcal A(s)dt​(s)∈A(s). A stationary policy uses one such rule ddd at every epoch.

Under Rectangularity, the adversary picks a law p∈P(st,at)p\in\mathcal P(s_t,a_t)p∈P(st​,at​) separately at every epoch and history, and may pick a different law each time a state–action pair recurs. This is the dynamic model, and the set of path measures it generates is Tπ\mathcal T^\piTπ. In the static model the adversary fixes one pˉsa∈P(s,a)\bar p_{sa}\in\mathcal P(s,a)pˉ​sa​∈P(s,a) per pair. The robust value of a policy and the robust value function are

Vλπ(s)=inf⁡P∈TπEP[∑t=0∞λtr(st,dt(ht),st+1)],Vλ∗(s)=sup⁡π∈ΠVλπ(s).V^\pi_\lambda(s)=\inf_{\mathbf P\in\mathcal T^\pi}\mathbf E^{\mathbf P}\Big[\sum_{t=0}^\infty\lambda^t r(s_t,d_t(h_t),s_{t+1})\Big],\qquad V^*_\lambda(s)=\sup_{\pi\in\Pi}V^\pi_\lambda(s).Vλπ​(s)=P∈Tπinf​EP[t=0∑∞​λtr(st​,dt​(ht​),st+1​)],Vλ∗​(s)=π∈Πsup​Vλπ​(s).

Let V\mathbf VV be the bounded functions on S\mathcal SS with ∥V∥=sup⁡s∣V(s)∣\|V\|=\sup_s|V(s)|∥V∥=sups​∣V(s)∣. For a set D\mathcal DD of deterministic Markov rules, the robust Bellman operator is

LDV(s)=sup⁡d∈D inf⁡p∈P(s,d(s))Ep[r(s,d(s),s′)+λV(s′)].\mathcal L_{\mathcal D}V(s)=\sup_{d\in\mathcal D}\ \inf_{p\in\mathcal P(s,d(s))}\mathbf E^p\big[r(s,d(s),s')+\lambda V(s')\big].LD​V(s)=d∈Dsup​ p∈P(s,d(s))inf​Ep[r(s,d(s),s′)+λV(s′)].

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 2(b)

Vλ∗(s)=sup⁡a∈A(s) inf⁡p∈P(s,a)Ep[r(s,a,s′)+λVλ∗(s′)],s∈S,V^*_\lambda(s)=\sup_{a\in\mathcal A(s)}\ \inf_{p\in\mathcal P(s,a)}\mathbf E^p\big[r(s,a,s')+\lambda V^*_\lambda(s')\big],\qquad s\in\mathcal S,Vλ∗​(s)=a∈A(s)sup​ p∈P(s,a)inf​Ep[r(s,a,s′)+λVλ∗​(s′)],s∈S,

Vλ∗V^*_\lambdaVλ∗​ is the only bounded solution of this equation, and for every ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 some stationary deterministic policy πϵ\pi^\epsilonπϵ has Vλπϵ≥Vλ∗−ϵV^{\pi^\epsilon}_\lambda\ge V^*_\lambda-\epsilonVλπϵ​≥Vλ∗​−ϵ.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 5(a). LD\mathcal L_{\mathcal D}LD​ maps V\mathbf VV to V\mathbf VV and ∥LDU−LDV∥≤λ∥U−V∥\|\mathcal L_{\mathcal D}U-\mathcal L_{\mathcal D}V\|\le\lambda\|U-V\|∥LD​U−LD​V∥≤λ∥U−V∥.
  2. Theorem 5(b). For D=∏sD(s)\mathcal D=\prod_s\mathcal D(s)D=∏s​D(s), the equation LDV=V\mathcal L_{\mathcal D}V=VLD​V=V has a unique bounded solution, equal to the robust value over deterministic Markov policies with rules in D\mathcal DD.
  3. Corollary 2(a). The robust value of a stationary policy (d,d,… )(d,d,\dots)(d,d,…) is the unique bounded solution of V(s)=inf⁡p∈P(s,d(s))Ep[r(s,d(s),s′)+λV(s′)]V(s)=\inf_{p\in\mathcal P(s,d(s))}\mathbf E^p[r(s,d(s),s')+\lambda V(s')]V(s)=infp∈P(s,d(s))​Ep[r(s,d(s),s′)+λV(s′)].
  4. Theorem 4. Vλ∗(s)=sup⁡π∈ΠMDVλπ(s)V^*_\lambda(s)=\sup_{\pi\in\Pi_{MD}}V^\pi_\lambda(s)Vλ∗​(s)=supπ∈ΠMD​​Vλπ​(s).
  5. Lemma 3. For a stationary policy, the dynamic and static models give the same value.
  6. Lemma 2. The value of a stationary policy is the optimal solution of the robust program (31).
  7. Lemma 1, first claim. The output of robust value iteration is within ϵ/4\epsilon/4ϵ/4 of Vλ∗V^*_\lambdaVλ∗​.

Significance

Corollary 2(b) justifies computing the robust value function by solving a state-wise max–min equation. Value iteration, policy iteration and their approximations all rely on that equation. It also shows that a decision maker facing a history-dependent adversary loses at most ϵ\epsilonϵ by committing to a stationary deterministic rule. Corollary 2(a) and Lemma 2 make robust policy evaluation a fixed point problem and a robust optimization problem. Lemma 3 shows that, for stationary policies, the dynamic model costs nothing relative to the static model, in which the true transition law is fixed but unknown.

The results are proved on paper. The page proves Theorem 4 only by citation to Puterman's non-robust arguments. No machine-checked proof of any of them is known. The platform has finite-state analogues posed by the Nilim–El Ghaoui and Satia–Lave missions, which compare only stationary or Markov controllers. This mission poses the countable, history-dependent version, and proving it would establish them in this generality.

Difficulty

The contraction property is a state-by-state ϵ\epsilonϵ-argument. The hard step is to identify the fixed point with the value of the game against all history-dependent randomized policies. The adversary's choices at different epochs interact only through Rectangularity, so splitting the infimum over path measures into a first-step infimum and a continuation infimum must be justified for an infinite horizon, uncountably many adversary strategies and no attainment of the infima. The ambiguity sets need not be convex or closed. The naive route, "take the minimizing law at each state", is unavailable, and every bound must be carried with an ϵ\epsilonϵ slack. Truncating the infinite sum needs the uniform reward bound. Theorem 4 needs a separate argument that randomization and history dependence do not help the decision maker against the dynamic adversary.

Formalization scope

States and actions are countable Lean types; A(s)\mathcal A(s)A(s) and P(s,a)\mathcal P(s,a)P(s,a) are sets, assumed nonempty, with no convexity or closedness. Laws are PMFs and Ep[f]=∑xp(x)f(x)\mathbf E^p[f]=\sum_x p(x)f(x)Ep[f]=∑x​p(x)f(x) as a tsum. The rewards satisfy ∣r(s,a,s′)∣≤R|r(s,a,s')|\le R∣r(s,a,s′)∣≤R on admissible actions. This is the reading of the page's "sup⁡r=R<∞\sup r=R<\inftysupr=R<∞", which its bounds ±R/(1−λ)\pm R/(1-\lambda)±R/(1−λ) require. The discount factor satisfies 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1. Epochs start at 000, so the first reward is undiscounted.

A policy maps (n,hn)(n, h_n)(n,hn​) to a PMF supported on A(sn)\mathcal A(s_n)A(sn​). The dynamic adversary maps (n,hn,a)(n,h_n,a)(n,hn​,a) to a law in P(sn,a)\mathcal P(s_n,a)P(sn​,a). The path law is built by PMF.bind, and the discounted reward is ∑tλtE[r(st,at,st+1)]\sum_t\lambda^t\mathbf E[r(s_t,a_t,s_{t+1})]∑t​λtE[r(st​,at​,st+1​)], which converges absolutely. Values are real infima and suprema over nonempty families bounded by R/(1−λ)R/(1-\lambda)R/(1−λ), so no junk value arises. V\mathbf VV is the predicate "bounded", and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is a supremum (the page writes max). All uniqueness claims are uniqueness among bounded functions.

Vλ∗V^*_\lambdaVλ∗​ is a supremum over all history-dependent randomized policies. Defining it over deterministic Markov or stationary policies would make Theorem 4 trivial and weaken the goal, so it is ruled out. The adversary in VλπV^\pi_\lambdaVλπ​ is the dynamic one; the static adversary appears only in Lemma 3.

The mission deviates from the page in three places:

  • Theorem 5(b) is stated for product sets D=∏sD(s)\mathcal D=\prod_s\mathcal D(s)D=∏s​D(s). For an arbitrary D\mathcal DD the printed statement fails, because its proof pastes ϵ\epsilonϵ-greedy actions state by state. Both uses in Corollary 2 are products.
  • Lemma 3 is stated for randomized Markov rules, which is the page's "any decision rule". The page proves it for deterministic rules.
  • Lemma 2 adds ∑sα(s)<∞\sum_s\alpha(s)<\infty∑s​α(s)<∞ and restricts the program to bounded VVV.

Only the first claim of Lemma 1 is posed. Its second claim, that an ϵ/2\epsilon/2ϵ/2-greedy rule is ϵ\epsilonϵ-optimal, is false as printed.

A complete development needs a general toolkit that is reusable beyond this mission: path laws of countable controlled processes with history-dependent policies, a uniform ϵ\epsilonϵ-optimal selection argument for real infima over arbitrary sets, and the Banach fixed point theorem on bounded functions (Mathlib's ContractingWith). Proofs of individual milestones are welcome in any order. Theorem 5(a) is the natural entry point.

Selected references

  • G. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, CORC Tech Report TR-2002-07, Columbia University, 2002 (rev. May 4, 2004); published in Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2):257–280, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • A. Nilim and L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Operations Research 53(5):780–798, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • J. K. Satia and R. E. Lave, Markovian decision processes with uncertain transition probabilities, Operations Research 21(3):728–740, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.3.728
  • J. A. Bagnell, A. Y. Ng and J. Schneider, Solving uncertain Markov decision problems, Tech. Report CMU-RI-TR-01-25, Carnegie Mellon University, 2001. https://www.ri.cmu.edu/publications/solving-uncertain-markov-decision-problems/
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Primal and Dual Linear Decision Rules in Stochastic and Robust Optimization 3: In Multistage Programs, the Primal and Dual Linear Decision Rule Problems Equal the LPs (4.2) and (4.6)Research Paper

Motivation

A linear multistage stochastic program chooses decisions over TTT stages while a random vector is revealed one piece at a time; each decision may depend only on what has been observed so far. Such programs model production planning, capacity expansion, hydro scheduling and portfolio problems. Computing their optimal value exactly is intractable in general: Shapiro and Nemirovski argue that even medium-accuracy solutions are out of reach when the number of stages grows (Shapiro–Nemirovski 2005), and already the one-stage problem is #P-hard (Dyer–Stougie 2006, Theorem 3.2, as cited by the paper).

Linear decision rules restrict every decision to be an affine function of the observations. Introduced for robust optimization by Ben-Tal, Goryashko, Guslitzer and Nemirovski (2004) and carried into stochastic programming by Shapiro and Nemirovski and by Chen, Sim, Sun and Zhang (2008), they turn the problem into a finite one whose optimal value is an upper bound. Kuhn, Wiesemann and Georghiou (Optimization Online 2009/02/2218; Math. Program. 130, 2011) apply the same restriction to the dual problem, which yields a lower bound. They show that, for polyhedral supports, both bounds are values of explicit linear programs. This mission formalizes the multistage version of that statement, Theorem 3 of the preprint.

Setting

Stages are t∈T={1,…,T}t \in \mathbb T = \{1,\dots,T\}t∈T={1,…,T}. The uncertainty is ξ=(ξ1,…,ξT)∈Rk\xi = (\xi_1,\dots,\xi_T) \in \mathbb R^kξ=(ξ1​,…,ξT​)∈Rk with ξt∈Rkt\xi_t \in \mathbb R^{k_t}ξt​∈Rkt​ and k=∑tktk = \sum_t k_tk=∑t​kt​; by convention k1=1k_1 = 1k1​=1 and ξ1=1\xi_1 = 1ξ1​=1. The history at stage ttt is ξt=(ξ1,…,ξt)∈Rkt\xi^t = (\xi_1,\dots,\xi_t) \in \mathbb R^{k^t}ξt=(ξ1​,…,ξt​)∈Rkt, kt=∑s≤tksk^t = \sum_{s\le t} k_skt=∑s≤t​ks​, and the truncation operator Pt=[ I  0 ]∈Rkt×kP_t = [\,I\ \ 0\,] \in \mathbb R^{k^t\times k}Pt​=[I  0]∈Rkt×k maps ξ\xiξ to ξt\xi^tξt. The law P\mathbb PP of ξ\xiξ has support Ξ={ξ:Wξ≥h}\Xi = \{\xi : W\xi \ge h\}Ξ={ξ:Wξ≥h}, a nonempty bounded polyhedron spanning Rk\mathbb R^kRk, whose first two constraints encode ξ1=1\xi_1 = 1ξ1​=1. Et\mathbb E_tEt​ denotes conditional expectation given ξt\xi^tξt, and M=E(ξξ⊤)M = \mathbb E(\xi\xi^\top)M=E(ξξ⊤) is the second-order moment matrix.

A stage-ttt decision is a square-integrable Borel function xtx_txt​ of ξt\xi^tξt (written xt∈Lkt,nt2x_t \in \mathcal L^2_{k^t,n_t}xt​∈Lkt,nt​2​). The program MSP\mathcal{MSP}MSP minimizes

E(∑t=1Tct(ξt)⊤xt(ξt))subject toEt(∑s=1TAtsxs(ξs))≤bt(ξt)  P-a.s., t∈T,\mathbb E\Big(\sum_{t=1}^T c_t(\xi^t)^\top x_t(\xi^t)\Big) \quad\text{subject to}\quad \mathbb E_t\Big(\sum_{s=1}^T A_{ts}x_s(\xi^s)\Big) \le b_t(\xi^t)\ \ \mathbb P\text{-a.s.},\ t\in\mathbb T,E(t=1∑T​ct​(ξt)⊤xt​(ξt))subject toEt​(s=1∑T​Ats​xs​(ξs))≤bt​(ξt)  P-a.s., t∈T,

with deterministic matrices AtsA_{ts}Ats​, ct(ξt)=CtPtξc_t(\xi^t) = C_tP_t\xict​(ξt)=Ct​Pt​ξ and bt(ξt)=BtPtξb_t(\xi^t) = B_tP_t\xibt​(ξt)=Bt​Pt​ξ. The linear conditional mean assumption requires Et(ξ)=MtPtξ\mathbb E_t(\xi) = M_tP_t\xiEt​(ξ)=Mt​Pt​ξ almost surely for some Mt∈Rk×ktM_t \in \mathbb R^{k\times k^t}Mt​∈Rk×kt; it holds, for example, for stagewise independent data.

The primal approximation MSPu\mathcal{MSP}^uMSPu sets xt(ξt)=XtPtξx_t(\xi^t) = X_tP_t\xixt​(ξt)=Xt​Pt​ξ and slacks st(ξt)=StPtξs_t(\xi^t) = S_tP_t\xist​(ξt)=St​Pt​ξ. The dual approximation MSPl\mathcal{MSP}^lMSPl keeps general rules xt,stx_t, s_txt​,st​ but imposes the slack equations only in the weak form E([∑sAtsxs+st−bt][Ptξ]⊤)=0\mathbb E([\sum_s A_{ts}x_s + s_t - b_t][P_t\xi]^\top) = 0E([∑s​Ats​xs​+st​−bt​][Pt​ξ]⊤)=0. The linear programs (4.2) and (4.6) are written in the matrices XtX_tXt​, multipliers Λt\Lambda_tΛt​ and slack matrices StS_tSt​, with Nt=MPt⊤(PtMPt⊤)−1N_t = MP_t^\top(P_tMP_t^\top)^{-1}Nt​=MPt⊤​(Pt​MPt⊤​)−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 22)

Under the standing assumptions, the linear conditional mean assumption, and strict feasibility of MSP\mathcal{MSP}MSP,

val(MSPu)=val(4.2)and, if k≥2 or W^≠0,val(MSPl)=val(4.6),\mathrm{val}(\mathcal{MSP}^u) = \mathrm{val}(4.2) \qquad\text{and, if } k \ge 2 \text{ or } \hat W \ne 0,\qquad \mathrm{val}(\mathcal{MSP}^l) = \mathrm{val}(4.6),val(MSPu)=val(4.2)and, if k≥2 or W^=0,val(MSPl)=val(4.6),

as extended-real optimal values. Both equalities are part of the goal.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 20): for every xt∈Lkt,nt2x_t \in \mathcal L^2_{k^t,n_t}xt​∈Lkt,nt​2​ there is a unique XtX_tXt​ with XtPtM=E(xt(ξt)ξ⊤)X_tP_tM = \mathbb E(x_t(\xi^t)\xi^\top)Xt​Pt​M=E(xt​(ξt)ξ⊤), and likewise for slacks.
  2. Lemma 3 (p. 21): a moment condition StPtM=E(s(⋅)ξ⊤)S_tP_tM = \mathbb E(s(\cdot)\xi^\top)St​Pt​M=E(s(⋅)ξ⊤) with s≥0s \ge 0s≥0 can be met by a non-anticipative slack st(ξt)s_t(\xi^t)st​(ξt) iff it can be met by a slack depending on the full ξ\xiξ.
  3. §4, (4.7) (p. 21): through (4.3), the equality constraints of MSPl\mathcal{MSP}^lMSPl are equivalent to ∑sAtsXsPsNtPt+StPt=BtPt\sum_s A_{ts}X_sP_sN_tP_t + S_tP_t = B_tP_t∑s​Ats​Xs​Ps​Nt​Pt​+St​Pt​=Bt​Pt​.

Significance

The theorem makes both linear-decision-rule bounds on a multistage stochastic program computable by linear programming, with size polynomial in kkk, lll, ∑tmt\sum_t m_t∑t​mt​ and ∑tnt\sum_t n_t∑t​nt​ and hence typically linear in the number of stages. The gap between the two values measures the suboptimality of the primal linear rule. These results underlie later work on piecewise-linear and lifted decision rules and on multistage robust and distributionally robust optimization.

The preprint omits the proof of Theorem 3 ("it widely parallels the argumentation in Section 2"), so a formal proof has to supply the multistage details: the conditional-expectation bookkeeping, the truncation operators and the transfer of the one-stage cone description to non-anticipative slacks. No part of this paper has been machine-checked before; the companion mission of this series formalizes the one-stage Theorem 1.

Difficulty

The obvious route repeats the one-stage argument stage by stage, and it breaks at the slack constraints of MSPl\mathcal{MSP}^lMSPl. A slack sts_tst​ must be a function of ξt\xi^tξt alone, while the one-stage cone characterization of moment vectors E(s(ξ)ξ)\mathbb E(s(\xi)\xi)E(s(ξ)ξ) concerns functions of the full ξ\xiξ; Lemma 3 bridges them only through the linear conditional mean assumption and conditional expectations. A second difficulty is the closure gap between that cone and its polyhedral outer description: the equality of val(MSPl)\mathrm{val}(\mathcal{MSP}^l)val(MSPl) and val(4.6)\mathrm{val}(4.6)val(4.6) relies on strict feasibility, and a proof that ignores it is wrong. On the primal side, the passage from almost sure constraints to identities of matrices needs both that every point of Ξ\XiΞ is charged by P\mathbb PP and that Ξ\XiΞ spans Rk\mathbb R^kRk.

Formalization scope

Vectors are functions Fin d → ℝ; stage ttt is the Fin T index t−1t-1t−1 and coordinate 111 is index 0. The history dimension is kbar kk t, the truncation is the restriction to the first ktk^tkt coordinates, and PtP_tPt​ is also given as a 0/10/10/1 matrix. Et\mathbb E_tEt​ is Mathlib's condExp with respect to the σ-algebra generated by PtP_tPt​. "Ξ\XiΞ is the support of P\mathbb PP" means: Ξ\XiΞ closed, P(Ξc)=0\mathbb P(\Xi^c) = 0P(Ξc)=0, and every ball around a point of Ξ\XiΞ has positive mass. Decision rules are Borel functions of the history whose composition with PtP_tPt​ is in L2(P)L^2(\mathbb P)L2(P). Optimal values are infima in EReal (+∞+\infty+∞ if infeasible, −∞-\infty−∞ if unbounded), and "equivalent" means equal optimal values. The matrices MtM_tMt​ are data, with the conditional-mean identity as a hypothesis.

Three conventions are fixed where the page is silent or misprinted. Strict feasibility of MSP\mathcal{MSP}MSP, not defined in §4, is the analogue of (2.9) for the standard form (4.1): slacks at least ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 almost surely. The equality constraint of MSPl\mathcal{MSP}^lMSPl is printed with st−bts_t - b_tst​−bt​ inside ∑s\sum_s∑s​; the formalization follows (4.7), where the sum covers only AtsxsA_{ts}x_sAts​xs​. The sign condition in (4.5c) is printed as s~t(ξt)≥0\tilde s_t(\xi^t) \ge 0s~t​(ξt)≥0 for a function of ξ\xiξ, and is read as s~t(ξ)≥0\tilde s_t(\xi) \ge 0s~t​(ξ)≥0. The theorem's last sentence (polynomial size, efficient solvability) is informal and not formalized. One hypothesis is added: the goal's second equality assumes k≥2k \ge 2k≥2 or that some row of W^\hat WW^ (the rows of WWW below (2.1b)) is nonzero (the first equality is stated without it). For k=1k = 1k=1 the support is the single point {1}\{1\}{1}, and if WWW has no nonzero row beyond (2.1b) the cone of Proposition 3 is all of R\mathbb RR; the printed second equality then fails (a strictly feasible one-stage instance has val(MSPl)=0\mathrm{val}(\mathcal{MSP}^l) = 0val(MSPl)=0 while (4.6) is unbounded below). The added hypothesis excludes exactly this case.

Expectations are Bochner integrals, which vanish on non-integrable functions; under the standing assumptions ξ\xiξ is bounded almost surely, so all integrands involving square-integrable rules are integrable and no constraint is satisfied vacuously. Matrix.inv returns 000 on singular matrices, but PtMPt⊤P_tMP_t^\topPt​MPt⊤​ is positive definite under the standing assumptions. The linear conditional mean hypothesis cannot be dropped from Lemmas 2 and 3: without it XtX_tXt​ need not exist.

A complete development needs the support and moment facts of §2 (M≻0M \succ 0M≻0, almost sure constraints extend to Ξ\XiΞ), Farkas-type duality for the polyhedron Ξ\XiΞ, the tower property of conditional expectation, and the cone results of Propositions 3 and 4 of the preprint. These are reusable across the series. Proofs of the milestones, or of these supporting facts as separate lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Kuhn, W. Wiesemann, A. Georghiou, Primal and dual linear decision rules in stochastic and robust optimization, Optimization Online preprint 2009/02/2218, 2009; Math. Program. 130:177–209, 2011. https://optimization-online.org/2009/02/2218/ ; https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0331-4
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Math. Program. 99:351–376, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • A. Shapiro, A. Nemirovski, On complexity of stochastic programming problems, in Continuous Optimization, Springer, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1007/0-387-26771-9_4
  • X. Chen, M. Sim, P. Sun, J. Zhang, A linear decision-based approximation approach to stochastic programming, Oper. Res. 56(2):344–357, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0441
  • M. Dyer, L. Stougie, Computational complexity of stochastic programming problems, Math. Program. 106:423–432, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-005-0597-0
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Primal and Dual Linear Decision Rules in Stochastic and Robust Optimization 1: With Fixed Recourse, the Primal and Dual Linear Decision Rule Problems Equal the LPs (2.3) and (2.8)Research Paper

Motivation

Linear stochastic programs with recourse model decisions that are taken after an uncertain parameter ξ\xiξ has been observed: the decision is a decision rule x(ξ)x(\xi)x(ξ), a function of the data. Computing the optimal value exactly is intractable in general. Dyer and Stougie showed that already two-stage linear stochastic programs are #P-hard (Math. Program. 2006), and the same holds for the one-stage problem SP\mathcal{SP}SP below even when P\mathbb PP is uniform on a cube.

A widely used remedy restricts decision rules to be linear in ξ\xiξ. Ben-Tal, Goryashko, Guslitzer and Nemirovski introduced this restriction in robust optimization (Math. Program. 2004); Shapiro and Nemirovski (2005) and Chen, Sim, Sun and Zhang (Oper. Res. 2008) carried it into stochastic programming. The restriction yields an upper bound, but on its own it says nothing about how much optimality is lost. Kuhn, Wiesemann and Georghiou (Optimization Online 2009/02/2218; published in Math. Program. 2011) also apply the linear restriction to the dual multipliers. This gives a lower bound, so the gap between the two computable bounds estimates the approximation error. This mission formalizes the paper's model result for the case of fixed recourse and polyhedral support (§2, Theorem 1).

Setting

Uncertainty is a probability measure P\mathbb PP on (Rk,B(Rk))(\mathbb R^k, \mathfrak B(\mathbb R^k))(Rk,B(Rk)). The support Ξ\XiΞ of P\mathbb PP is the smallest closed set of probability one. A decision rule is an element of Lk,n2\mathcal L^2_{k,n}Lk,n2​, the Borel measurable, square-integrable functions Rk→Rn\mathbb R^k \to \mathbb R^nRk→Rn. Inequalities between vectors and matrices are componentwise.

The data are a fixed recourse matrix A∈Rm×nA \in \mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, matrices C∈Rn×kC \in \mathbb R^{n\times k}C∈Rn×k and B∈Rm×kB \in \mathbb R^{m\times k}B∈Rm×k giving the costs c(ξ)=Cξc(\xi) = C\xic(ξ)=Cξ and right-hand sides b(ξ)=Bξb(\xi) = B\xib(ξ)=Bξ, and W∈Rl×kW \in \mathbb R^{l\times k}W∈Rl×k, h∈Rlh \in \mathbb R^lh∈Rl. The stochastic program is

SP:min⁡x∈Lk,n2 E(c(ξ)⊤x(ξ))s.t.Ax(ξ)≤b(ξ)  P-a.s.\mathcal{SP}:\quad \min_{x \in \mathcal L^2_{k,n}} \ \mathbb E\big(c(\xi)^\top x(\xi)\big) \quad\text{s.t.}\quad Ax(\xi) \le b(\xi)\ \ \mathbb P\text{-a.s.}SP:x∈Lk,n2​min​ E(c(ξ)⊤x(ξ))s.t.Ax(ξ)≤b(ξ)  P-a.s.

The standing assumptions of §2 are:

  • the support is the nonempty bounded polyhedron Ξ={ξ:Wξ≥h}\Xi = \{\xi : W\xi \ge h\}Ξ={ξ:Wξ≥h} (2.1a);
  • (2.1b) holds: the first two rows of WWW are e1⊤e_1^\tope1⊤​ and −e1⊤-e_1^\top−e1⊤​, the remaining rows form W^\widehat WW, and h=(1,−1,0,…,0)h = (1,-1,0,\dots,0)h=(1,−1,0,…,0), so that ξ1=1\xi_1 = 1ξ1​=1 on Ξ\XiΞ;
  • Ξ\XiΞ spans Rk\mathbb R^kRk.

The second-order moment matrix is M=E(ξξ⊤)M = \mathbb E(\xi\xi^\top)M=E(ξξ⊤). SP\mathcal{SP}SP is strictly feasible (2.9) if some xˉ∈Lk,n2\bar x \in \mathcal L^2_{k,n}xˉ∈Lk,n2​, sˉ∈Lk,m2\bar s \in \mathcal L^2_{k,m}sˉ∈Lk,m2​ and ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 satisfy Axˉ(ξ)+sˉ(ξ)=b(ξ)A\bar x(\xi) + \bar s(\xi) = b(\xi)Axˉ(ξ)+sˉ(ξ)=b(ξ) and sˉ(ξ)≥εe\bar s(\xi) \ge \varepsilon esˉ(ξ)≥εe almost surely.

The two approximations are as follows.

  • Primal linear decision rules, SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu: minimize Tr⁡(MC⊤X)\operatorname{Tr}(MC^\top X)Tr(MC⊤X) over X∈Rn×kX \in \mathbb R^{n\times k}X∈Rn×k, S∈Rm×kS \in \mathbb R^{m\times k}S∈Rm×k with AXξ+Sξ=BξAX\xi + S\xi = B\xiAXξ+Sξ=Bξ and Sξ≥0S\xi \ge 0Sξ≥0 almost surely.
  • Dual linear decision rules, SPl\mathcal{SP}^lSPl: minimize E(c(ξ)⊤x(ξ))\mathbb E(c(\xi)^\top x(\xi))E(c(ξ)⊤x(ξ)) over x∈Lk,n2x \in \mathcal L^2_{k,n}x∈Lk,n2​, s∈Lk,m2s \in \mathcal L^2_{k,m}s∈Lk,m2​ with E([Ax(ξ)+s(ξ)−b(ξ)]ξ⊤)=0\mathbb E\big([Ax(\xi)+s(\xi)-b(\xi)]\xi^\top\big) = 0E([Ax(ξ)+s(ξ)−b(ξ)]ξ⊤)=0 and s≥0s \ge 0s≥0 almost surely.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 10)

Under the standing assumptions, W^≠0\widehat W \ne 0W=0 (see Formalization scope) and strict feasibility,

val⁡SPu=val⁡(2.3)andval⁡SPl=val⁡(2.8),\operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}^u = \operatorname{val}(2.3) \quad\text{and}\quad \operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}^l = \operatorname{val}(2.8),valSPu=val(2.3)andvalSPl=val(2.8),

where (2.3) and (2.8) are the linear programs

(2.3)min⁡X,Λ Tr⁡(MC⊤X)  s.t.  AX+ΛW=B, Λh≥0, Λ≥0,(2.3)\quad \min_{X,\Lambda}\ \operatorname{Tr}(MC^\top X)\ \text{ s.t. }\ AX + \Lambda W = B,\ \Lambda h \ge 0,\ \Lambda \ge 0,(2.3)X,Λmin​ Tr(MC⊤X)  s.t.  AX+ΛW=B, Λh≥0, Λ≥0, (2.8)min⁡X,S Tr⁡(MC⊤X)  s.t.  AX+S=B, (W−he1⊤)MS⊤≥0.(2.8)\quad \min_{X,S}\ \operatorname{Tr}(MC^\top X)\ \text{ s.t. }\ AX + S = B,\ (W - he_1^\top)MS^\top \ge 0.(2.8)X,Smin​ Tr(MC⊤X)  s.t.  AX+S=B, (W−he1⊤​)MS⊤≥0.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. §2.2 (p. 5). The almost-sure constraints of SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu hold on all of Ξ\XiΞ, and AXξ+Sξ=BξAX\xi + S\xi = B\xiAXξ+Sξ=Bξ a.s. is equivalent to AX+S=BAX + S = BAX+S=B.
  2. Proposition 1 (p. 5). If Ξ\XiΞ is nonempty, then z⊤ξ≥0z^\top\xi \ge 0z⊤ξ≥0 on Ξ\XiΞ if and only if z=W⊤λz = W^\top\lambdaz=W⊤λ for some λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 with h⊤λ≥0h^\top\lambda \ge 0h⊤λ≥0.
  3. Proposition 2 (p. 7). MMM is positive definite and invertible.
  4. §2.4 (p. 7). val⁡SPl\operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}^lvalSPl equals the optimal value of the moment problem (2.6).
  5. Proposition 3 (p. 7). If W^≠0\widehat W \ne 0W=0, then ∅≠int⁡K⊆KP⊆K\emptyset \ne \operatorname{int}\mathcal K \subseteq \mathcal K_{\mathbb P} \subseteq \mathcal K∅=intK⊆KP​⊆K, for the polyhedral cone K={z:(W−he1⊤)z≥0}\mathcal K = \{z : (W-he_1^\top)z \ge 0\}K={z:(W−he1⊤​)z≥0} and the moment cone KP={E(s(ξ)ξ):s∈Lk,12, s≥0}\mathcal K_{\mathbb P} = \{\mathbb E(s(\xi)\xi) : s \in \mathcal L^2_{k,1},\ s \ge 0\}KP​={E(s(ξ)ξ):s∈Lk,12​, s≥0}.
  6. Proposition 4 (p. 9). Under strict feasibility and W^≠0\widehat W \ne 0W=0, (2.6) and (2.8) have the same optimal value.

Significance

Because SPu≥SP≥SPl\mathcal{SP}^u \ge \mathcal{SP} \ge \mathcal{SP}^lSPu≥SP≥SPl, Theorem 1 brackets the value of an intractable stochastic program between two explicit linear programs. The sizes of these programs are polynomial in k,l,m,nk, l, m, nk,l,m,n. They depend on P\mathbb PP only through its support and its second-order moment matrix. The difference val⁡(2.3)−val⁡(2.8)\operatorname{val}(2.3) - \operatorname{val}(2.8)val(2.3)−val(2.8) is therefore a computable certificate of how much the linear-decision-rule restriction can lose. Sections 3 and 4 of the paper extend the same scheme to random recourse (semidefinite programs) and to multistage problems; they are the subjects of the companion missions 2 and 3.

The theorem is proved in the paper. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of the statements above has a machine-checked proof. A formal proof would check the measure-theoretic steps that the paper passes over quickly. These are the passage from "almost surely" to "on the support", the density argument behind int⁡K⊆KP\operatorname{int}\mathcal K \subseteq \mathcal K_{\mathbb P}intK⊆KP​, and the approximation argument of Proposition 4. A formal proof would also produce reusable results on robust counterparts of polyhedral constraints and on moment cones.

Difficulty

The primal half is robust-optimization duality. Its only delicate point is that almost-sure constraints become constraints on all of Ξ\XiΞ, which uses the fact that every point of the support is charged. The dual half is harder. The constraint "SMSMSM has rows in KP\mathcal K_{\mathbb P}KP​" is a family of moment problems over nonnegative square-integrable densities, and KP\mathcal K_{\mathbb P}KP​ is in general not closed. Replacing it by the polyhedral cone K\mathcal KK is exact only up to the boundary, and it is strict feasibility that removes the boundary effect. Without strict feasibility the optimal values of (2.6) and (2.8) are only known to bracket each other. The proof of Proposition 3 also needs a description of the closed cone generated by Ξ\XiΞ, and this description uses (2.1b).

Formalization scope

Vectors in Rk\mathbb R^kRk are Fin k → ℝ and matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin k) ℝ. The paper's 1-based indices are 0-based in Lean, so e1e_1e1​ is index 0 and the rows of (2.1b) are rows 0 and 1. The data form a structure Setting, and the standing assumptions form one predicate Standing. The support is encoded by three conditions on Ξ\XiΞ: it is closed, P(Ξc)=0\mathbb P(\Xi^c) = 0P(Ξc)=0, and every ball centred in Ξ\XiΞ has positive mass. This is equivalent to "smallest closed set of probability one"; P(Ξ)=1\mathbb P(\Xi) = 1P(Ξ)=1 alone would not be enough. Decision rules are measurable functions with MemLp x 2 P. Expectations of vector- and matrix-valued quantities are written entrywise as Bochner integrals. Under the standing assumptions ξ\xiξ is bounded almost surely, so every integrand involved is integrable and no integral defaults to 000.

"Equivalent" means equal optimal values. Each optimal value is the infimum of the objective over the feasible set in EReal: +∞+\infty+∞ if the problem is infeasible and −∞-\infty−∞ if it is unbounded below. A one-sided inequality between the values, or the bare statement that the problems are linear programs, is not Theorem 1 and does not close the goal. Strict feasibility is a hypothesis of both equalities, as printed. Proposition 1 is stated for any W,hW, hW,h with a nonempty polyhedron, since nonemptiness is the only property of Ξ\XiΞ it uses. Proposition 3, Proposition 4 and Theorem 1 carry one hypothesis the paper does not state, W^≠0\widehat W \ne 0W=0 (some row of WWW below the first two is nonzero). The printed statements are false without it: for k=1k = 1k=1, W=(1,−1)⊤W = (1,-1)^\topW=(1,−1)⊤, h=(1,−1)⊤h = (1,-1)^\toph=(1,−1)⊤, P=δ1\mathbb P = \delta_1P=δ1​ every assumption holds, W−he1⊤=0W - he_1^\top = 0W−he1⊤​=0, so K=R\mathcal K = \mathbb RK=R while KP=[0,∞)\mathcal K_{\mathbb P} = [0,\infty)KP​=[0,∞), and (2.8) loses the sign constraint S≥0S \ge 0S≥0 that (2.6) keeps. Under the standing assumptions the hypothesis is automatic whenever k≥2k \ge 2k≥2. Theorem 1's closing sentence ("the sizes of these linear programs are polynomial … efficiently solvable") is informal and is not formalized.

A complete development needs strong LP duality or Farkas' lemma for inequality systems, the support of a measure in Rk\mathbb R^kRk, density of L2L^2L2-densities in nonnegative measures, and basic facts on interiors of polyhedral cones. The Farkas lemma is on the platform (LinearOptimization.farkas_lemma). Proofs of the milestones are welcome independently. Proposition 1 and Proposition 3 are reusable outside this paper.

Selected references

  • D. Kuhn, W. Wiesemann, A. Georghiou, Primal and dual linear decision rules in stochastic and robust optimization, Optimization Online 2009/02/2218 (2009); Math. Program. 130 (2011) 177–209. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0331-4
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Math. Program. 99 (2004) 351–376. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Oper. Res. Lett. 25 (1999) 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-6377(99)00016-4
  • X. Chen, M. Sim, P. Sun, J. Zhang, A linear decision-based approximation approach to stochastic programming, Oper. Res. 56 (2008) 344–357. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0441
  • M. Dyer, L. Stougie, Computational complexity of stochastic programming problems, Math. Program. 106 (2006) 423–432. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-005-0597-0
  • A. Shapiro, A. Nemirovski, On complexity of stochastic programming problems, in Continuous Optimization, Springer (2005) 111–144. https://doi.org/10.1007/0-387-26771-9_4
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficient Algorithms for Online Decision Problems 2: For Nonnegative Decisions and States, FPL*(ε/2A) Has Expected Cost at Most (1 + ε)·min-cost_T + 4AD(1 + ln n)/εResearch Paper

Motivation

Many sequential decision problems have a combinatorial decision set and a linear cost: choosing a path in a graph whose edge delays change every day, choosing a binary search tree for a stream of requests, or choosing one of nnn experts whose losses are revealed after each round. Classical weighted-majority algorithms keep one weight per decision, which is exponential in the size of a path or tree. Kalai and Vempala (J. Comput. System Sci. 71 (2005)) showed that one call per round to an offline optimiser, applied to the cumulative costs plus a random perturbation, already gives online guarantees comparable to those of the exponential-weights algorithms. The idea goes back to Hannan's perturbed algorithm (1957); the paper's contribution is a short, general analysis in the linear setting.

The paper proves two guarantees for Follow the Perturbed Leader. The additive one (Theorem 1.1(a), a sister mission) bounds the regret by a term growing like T\sqrt TT​. This mission formalizes the multiplicative one, Theorem 1.1(b): for nonnegative costs, a variant with exponentially distributed perturbations pays at most a factor 1+ε1+\varepsilon1+ε more than the best fixed decision in hindsight, plus a term independent of the horizon. Such "small-loss" bounds matter when the best decision has small total cost, since the regret then scales with that cost rather than with TTT.

Setting

Fix a dimension nnn. A decision set D⊂Rn\mathcal D \subset \mathbb R^nD⊂Rn and a state set S⊂Rn\mathcal S \subset \mathbb R^nS⊂Rn are given; choosing d∈Dd\in\mathcal Dd∈D in state s∈Ss\in\mathcal Ss∈S costs d⋅sd\cdot sd⋅s. In this mission both sets are nonnegative: D,S⊂R+n\mathcal D, \mathcal S \subset \mathbb R^n_+D,S⊂R+n​.

The decision set is accessed only through an argmin oracle M:Rn→DM:\mathbb R^n\to\mathcal DM:Rn→D with

M(x)⋅x≤d⋅xfor all d∈D,M(x)\cdot x \le d\cdot x \quad\text{for all } d\in\mathcal D,M(x)⋅x≤d⋅xfor all d∈D,

i.e. M(x)=arg⁡min⁡d∈Dd⋅xM(x)=\arg\min_{d\in\mathcal D} d\cdot xM(x)=argmind∈D​d⋅x with arbitrary tie-breaking. For a state sequence s1,…,sT∈Ss_1,\dots,s_T\in\mathcal Ss1​,…,sT​∈S write s1:t=s1+⋯+sts_{1:t}=s_1+\dots+s_ts1:t​=s1​+⋯+st​; the benchmark is

min-costT=min⁡d∈D∑t=1Td⋅st=M(s1:T)⋅s1:T.\text{min-cost}_T=\min_{d\in\mathcal D}\sum_{t=1}^T d\cdot s_t = M(s_{1:T})\cdot s_{1:T}.min-costT​=d∈Dmin​t=1∑T​d⋅st​=M(s1:T​)⋅s1:T​.

Two parameters measure the instance: the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-diameter D≥∣d−d′∣1D\ge |d-d'|_1D≥∣d−d′∣1​ for d,d′∈Dd,d'\in\mathcal Dd,d′∈D, and the state size A≥∣s∣1A\ge |s|_1A≥∣s∣1​ for s∈Ss\in\mathcal Ss∈S, where ∣x∣1=∑i∣xi∣|x|_1=\sum_i|x_i|∣x∣1​=∑i​∣xi​∣.

The algorithm FPL*(ε\varepsilonε) acts as follows on each period ttt: draw ptp_tpt​ from the probability law με\mu_\varepsilonμε​ with density

dμεdx(x)=(ε2)ne−ε∣x∣1,\frac{d\mu_\varepsilon}{dx}(x)=\Big(\frac{\varepsilon}{2}\Big)^n e^{-\varepsilon|x|_1},dxdμε​​(x)=(2ε​)ne−ε∣x∣1​,

so each coordinate is ±r/ε\pm r/\varepsilon±r/ε with rrr standard exponential, and play M(s1:t−1+pt)M(s_{1:t-1}+p_t)M(s1:t−1​+pt​). Its expected cost against a fixed state sequence is

E[cost of FPL∗(ε)]=∑t=1T∫st⋅M(s1:t−1+p) dμε(p).\mathbb E[\text{cost of FPL}^*(\varepsilon)]=\sum_{t=1}^T\int s_t\cdot M(s_{1:t-1}+p)\,d\mu_\varepsilon(p).E[cost of FPL∗(ε)]=t=1∑T​∫st​⋅M(s1:t−1​+p)dμε​(p).

In Lean these are IsArgminOracle Dset M, laplaceLaw n ε and fplStarExpectedCost M s ε T; s1:ts_{1:t}s1:t​ is the published OracleRO.ApproxFPL.prefixSum s t.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1(b)

For nonnegative D,S\mathcal D,\mathcal SD,S, A>0A>0A>0 and 0<ε≤10<\varepsilon\le 10<ε≤1,

E[cost of FPL∗(ε/2A)]≤(1+ε) min-costT+4AD(1+ln⁡n)ε.\mathbb E[\text{cost of FPL}^*(\varepsilon/2A)]\le(1+\varepsilon)\,\text{min-cost}_T+\frac{4AD(1+\ln n)}{\varepsilon}.E[cost of FPL∗(ε/2A)]≤(1+ε)min-costT​+ε4AD(1+lnn)​.

Intermediate statements (milestones, in attack order)

  1. For any fixed p1p_1p1​: ∑t=1TM(s1:t+p1)⋅st≤M(s1:T)⋅s1:T+D∣p1∣∞\sum_{t=1}^T M(s_{1:t}+p_1)\cdot s_t\le M(s_{1:T})\cdot s_{1:T}+D|p_1|_\infty∑t=1T​M(s1:t​+p1​)⋅st​≤M(s1:T​)⋅s1:T​+D∣p1​∣∞​ (p. 303, by Lemma 3.1).
  2. The expected maximum of nnn independent standard exponentials is at most ln⁡n+1\ln n+1lnn+1 (end of §2, p. 299).
  3. Ep∼με∣p∣∞≤(1+ln⁡n)/ε\mathbb E_{p\sim\mu_\varepsilon}|p|_\infty\le(1+\ln n)/\varepsilonEp∼με​​∣p∣∞​≤(1+lnn)/ε (pp. 299, 303).
  4. Equation (7): E[M(s1:t−1+p)⋅st]=∫(M(s1:t+y)⋅st) e−ε(∣y+st∣1−∣y∣1) dμε(y)\mathbb E[M(s_{1:t-1}+p)\cdot s_t]=\int (M(s_{1:t}+y)\cdot s_t)\,e^{-\varepsilon(|y+s_t|_1-|y|_1)}\,d\mu_\varepsilon(y)E[M(s1:t−1​+p)⋅st​]=∫(M(s1:t​+y)⋅st​)e−ε(∣y+st​∣1​−∣y∣1​)dμε​(y).
  5. Equation (6): E[M(s1:t−1+p)⋅st]≤eεA E[M(s1:t+p)⋅st]\mathbb E[M(s_{1:t-1}+p)\cdot s_t]\le e^{\varepsilon A}\,\mathbb E[M(s_{1:t}+p)\cdot s_t]E[M(s1:t−1​+p)⋅st​]≤eεAE[M(s1:t​+p)⋅st​].
  6. For 0<ε≤1/A0<\varepsilon\le 1/A0<ε≤1/A: eεA≤1+2εAe^{\varepsilon A}\le 1+2\varepsilon AeεA≤1+2εA.
  7. For 0<ε≤1/A0<\varepsilon\le 1/A0<ε≤1/A: E[cost of FPL∗(ε)]≤(1+2εA)(min-costT+D(1+ln⁡n)/ε)\mathbb E[\text{cost of FPL}^*(\varepsilon)]\le(1+2\varepsilon A)\big(\text{min-cost}_T+D(1+\ln n)/\varepsilon\big)E[cost of FPL∗(ε)]≤(1+2εA)(min-costT​+D(1+lnn)/ε).

Statement 7 is the bound for an arbitrary parameter; the goal is its evaluation at ε/2A\varepsilon/2Aε/2A.

Significance

The result is the first multiplicative guarantee for a perturbation algorithm that needs only an offline linear optimiser. With ε\varepsilonε tuned to min-costT\text{min-cost}_Tmin-costT​ it gives E[cost]≤min-costT+4min-costT AD(1+ln⁡n)+4AD(1+ln⁡n)\mathbb E[\text{cost}]\le\text{min-cost}_T+4\sqrt{\text{min-cost}_T\,AD(1+\ln n)}+4AD(1+\ln n)E[cost]≤min-costT​+4min-costT​AD(1+lnn)​+4AD(1+lnn) (p. 294). The paper applies it to online shortest paths, to the tree-update problem (giving the first efficient (1+ε)(1+\varepsilon)(1+ε)-competitive algorithm there), and to adaptive Huffman coding. The lazy variant FLL* of the same paper, whose per-period behaviour coincides with FPL*, inherits the bound; that is the third mission of this series.

The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. This mission produces a formal proof of Theorem 1.1(b) as printed, together with the reusable ingredients: the multivariate Laplace law with its normalisation, its translation identity (7), and the expected maximum of i.i.d. exponentials. The paper's argument has small gaps that a formalization must close, notably the condition ε≤1\varepsilon\le 1ε≤1, which (b) omits but its proof uses.

Difficulty

The deterministic part is the be-the-leader argument with a shared perturbation; it is a finite-sum induction. The probabilistic part is where the work is. The obvious approach, bounding the difference between following and being the perturbed leader by the measure of a symmetric difference of translated sets as in the additive case, gives an additive term proportional to TTT and cannot give a multiplicative factor. Instead (6) needs the density ratio of με\mu_\varepsilonμε​ under translation by sts_tst​, which requires a change of variables against a density on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, together with the nonnegativity of the integrand; without nonnegativity the inequality fails. The bound on E∣p∣∞\mathbb E|p|_\inftyE∣p∣∞​ requires the expected maximum of nnn exponentials, which is not in Mathlib, and the identification of the coordinates of με\mu_\varepsilonμε​ as independent scaled Laplace variables, which requires factoring a product density.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ; d⋅sd\cdot sd⋅s is ⬝ᵥ; ∣x∣1|x|_1∣x∣1​ is written ∑i∣xi∣\sum_i|x_i|∑i​∣xi​∣; ∣x∣∞|x|_\infty∣x∣∞​ is the Lean norm ‖x‖, which on Fin n → ℝ is the sup norm. The decision set is Dset, the diameter Ddiam. States are indexed from 111; s 0 is unused. The oracle is a hypothesis IsArgminOracle Dset M on an arbitrary function, so the theorems hold for every tie-breaking rule. The paper's parameters are hypotheses ∀ d d' ∈ Dset, ∑ i, |d i - d' i| ≤ Ddiam and ∀ x ∈ S, ∑ i, |x i| ≤ A. The bound R≥∣d⋅s∣R\ge|d\cdot s|R≥∣d⋅s∣ of the paper is not used by part (b) and is omitted.

Hypotheses added to the page, each necessary: measurability of MMM (the expectations presuppose it); ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0; A>0A>0A>0 (the parameter ε/2A\varepsilon/2Aε/2A presupposes it); ε≤1\varepsilon\le1ε≤1 in the goal (used by the proof, p. 303); and n≥1n\ge1n≥1 only in the statement about a maximum over nnn variables. Two printed slips are corrected, not copied: "exponential distributions with mean ε\varepsilonε" (rate ε\varepsilonε is meant) and "∣p1∣∞≤(1+ln⁡n)/ε|p_1|_\infty\le(1+\ln n)/\varepsilon∣p1​∣∞​≤(1+lnn)/ε" (an expectation is meant).

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out as follows. The law με\mu_\varepsilonμε​ carries its normalising constant (ε/2)n(\varepsilon/2)^n(ε/2)n and is shown to be a probability measure in a sorry-free sanity file; it is not the uniform law of FPL. The cost uses M(s1:t−1+p)M(s_{1:t-1}+p)M(s1:t−1​+p), not the be-the-leader M(s1:t+p)M(s_{1:t}+p)M(s1:t​+p). The oracle is not built with Classical.epsilon. All integrands are measurable and bounded (because D\mathcal DD has finite diameter), so no integral vanishes for lack of integrability; the sanity file checks this on a two-expert instance that satisfies every hypothesis.

A complete development needs Lebesgue change of variables under translation for densities on Fin n → ℝ, Fubini for product densities, the tail-integral formula for expectations, and a union bound. The Laplace law, its translation identity, and the expected maximum of exponentials are reusable beyond this mission; contributions of those as standalone lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Kalai and S. Vempala, Efficient algorithms for online decision problems, J. Comput. System Sci. 71(3):291–307, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcss.2004.10.016
  • J. Hannan, Approximation to Bayes risk in repeated plays, in Contributions to the Theory of Games III, Ann. of Math. Studies 39, Princeton University Press, 1957, pp. 97–139 (reference [14] of Kalai and Vempala).
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Theoretical and Numerical Comparison of Relaxation Methods for Mathematical Programs with Complementarity Constraints 3: Kadrani et al. Relaxation Limits Are M-Stationary under MPEC-CPLDResearch Paper

Motivation

Mathematical programs with complementarity constraints (MPCCs, also called MPECs) model optimization problems in which some constraints say that, for every index iii, at least one of two nonnegative quantities Gi(x)G_i(x)Gi​(x), Hi(x)H_i(x)Hi​(x) must vanish. They arise in bilevel optimization, Stackelberg games, the design of equilibria in traffic and electricity markets, and contact problems in mechanics (Luo, Pang, Ralph 1996). Standard nonlinear-programming algorithms do not apply directly: at every feasible point of an MPEC the Mangasarian–Fromovitz constraint qualification fails, so the classical convergence theory of SQP or interior-point methods gives no guarantees.

Relaxation methods replace the MPEC by a sequence of better-behaved nonlinear programs R(tk)R(t_k)R(tk​) with a parameter tk↓0t_k \downarrow 0tk​↓0, solve each one approximately, and study the limits of the computed points. The question every relaxation method has to answer is what kind of stationary point such limits are, and under which constraint qualification.

Timeline of the result formalized here:

  • 2001: Scholtes introduces the global relaxation GiHi≤tG_iH_i \le tGi​Hi​≤t and proves that limits are C-stationary under MPEC-LICQ (SIAM J. Optim. 11).
  • 2009: Kadrani, Dussault and Benchakroun propose a relaxation whose feasible set is the union of two shifted orthants (below), and prove that limits are M-stationary under MPEC-LICQ (SIAM J. Optim. 20).
  • 2010–2013: Hoheisel, Kanzow and Schwartz compare five relaxation schemes; for the Kadrani et al. scheme they replace MPEC-LICQ by the much weaker MPEC-CPLD (Theorem 3.5 of the Würzburg preprint, published in Math. Program. 137).

Setting

The MPEC (1) on Rn\mathbb R^nRn is

min⁡f(x)  s.t.  gi(x)≤0 (i≤m), hi(x)=0 (i≤p), Gi(x)≥0, Hi(x)≥0, Gi(x)Hi(x)=0 (i≤l),\min f(x)\ \text{ s.t. }\ g_i(x)\le 0\ (i\le m),\ h_i(x)=0\ (i\le p),\ G_i(x)\ge 0,\ H_i(x)\ge 0,\ G_i(x)H_i(x)=0\ (i\le l),minf(x)  s.t.  gi​(x)≤0 (i≤m), hi​(x)=0 (i≤p), Gi​(x)≥0, Hi​(x)≥0, Gi​(x)Hi​(x)=0 (i≤l),

with continuously differentiable data. At a feasible x∗x^*x∗ the index sets are Ig={i∣gi(x∗)=0}I_g=\{i\mid g_i(x^*)=0\}Ig​={i∣gi​(x∗)=0}, I0+={i∣Gi(x∗)=0<Hi(x∗)}I_{0+}=\{i\mid G_i(x^*)=0<H_i(x^*)\}I0+​={i∣Gi​(x∗)=0<Hi​(x∗)}, I00={i∣Gi(x∗)=0=Hi(x∗)}I_{00}=\{i\mid G_i(x^*)=0=H_i(x^*)\}I00​={i∣Gi​(x∗)=0=Hi​(x∗)} (the biactive set) and I+0={i∣Gi(x∗)>0=Hi(x∗)}I_{+0}=\{i\mid G_i(x^*)>0=H_i(x^*)\}I+0​={i∣Gi​(x∗)>0=Hi​(x∗)}.

A feasible x∗x^*x∗ is weakly stationary if there are multipliers λ≥0\lambda\ge 0λ≥0 with λigi(x∗)=0\lambda_ig_i(x^*)=0λi​gi​(x∗)=0, μ\muμ, γ\gammaγ, ν\nuν such that

∇f(x∗)+∑iλi∇gi(x∗)+∑iμi∇hi(x∗)−∑iγi∇Gi(x∗)−∑iνi∇Hi(x∗)=0,\nabla f(x^*)+\sum_i\lambda_i\nabla g_i(x^*)+\sum_i\mu_i\nabla h_i(x^*)-\sum_i\gamma_i\nabla G_i(x^*)-\sum_i\nu_i\nabla H_i(x^*)=0,∇f(x∗)+i∑​λi​∇gi​(x∗)+i∑​μi​∇hi​(x∗)−i∑​γi​∇Gi​(x∗)−i∑​νi​∇Hi​(x∗)=0,

with γi=0\gamma_i=0γi​=0 on I+0I_{+0}I+0​ and νi=0\nu_i=0νi​=0 on I0+I_{0+}I0+​. It is M-stationary if the same multipliers satisfy, for every i∈I00i\in I_{00}i∈I00​, either γi>0\gamma_i>0γi​>0 and νi>0\nu_i>0νi​>0, or γiνi=0\gamma_i\nu_i=0γi​νi​=0.

The tightened program TNLP(x∗)(x^*)(x∗) replaces the complementarity constraints by Gi=0≤HiG_i=0\le H_iGi​=0≤Hi​ on I0+I_{0+}I0+​, Gi≥0=HiG_i\ge 0=H_iGi​≥0=Hi​ on I+0I_{+0}I+0​ and Gi=Hi=0G_i=H_i=0Gi​=Hi​=0 on I00I_{00}I00​. CPLD (constant positive linear dependence) for a nonlinear program says: whenever a set of active-constraint gradients is positive-linearly dependent at x∗x^*x∗ (a nontrivial vanishing combination with nonnegative coefficients on the inequalities), the same gradients stay linearly dependent on a neighbourhood of x∗x^*x∗. MPEC-CPLD is CPLD for TNLP(x∗)(x^*)(x∗).

The relaxation of Kadrani et al. is, for t>0t>0t>0,

RKDB(t):min⁡f(x)  s.t.  g(x)≤0, h(x)=0, Gi(x)≥−t, Hi(x)≥−t, (Gi(x)−t)(Hi(x)−t)≤0.R^{KDB}(t):\quad\min f(x)\ \text{ s.t. }\ g(x)\le 0,\ h(x)=0,\ G_i(x)\ge -t,\ H_i(x)\ge -t,\ (G_i(x)-t)(H_i(x)-t)\le 0.RKDB(t):minf(x)  s.t.  g(x)≤0, h(x)=0, Gi​(x)≥−t, Hi​(x)≥−t, (Gi​(x)−t)(Hi​(x)−t)≤0.

A stationary point of RKDB(t)R^{KDB}(t)RKDB(t) is a feasible point with KKT multipliers.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.5

tk↓0,xk stationary for RKDB(tk),xk→x∗,MPEC-CPLD at x∗ ⟹ x∗ is M-stationary for (1).t_k\downarrow 0,\quad x^k \text{ stationary for } R^{KDB}(t_k),\quad x^k\to x^*,\quad \text{MPEC-CPLD at } x^*\ \Longrightarrow\ x^* \text{ is M-stationary for (1)}.tk​↓0,xk stationary for RKDB(tk​),xk→x∗,MPEC-CPLD at x∗ ⟹ x∗ is M-stationary for (1).

Milestones, in proof order

  1. MPEC-CPLD written out in terms of the MPEC data (§2.2, display (3)).
  2. The KKT conditions of RKDB(tk)R^{KDB}(t_k)RKDB(tk​) recast with ηiG,k=−γik(Hi(xk)−tk)\eta^{G,k}_i=-\gamma^k_i(H_i(x^k)-t_k)ηiG,k​=−γik​(Hi​(xk)−tk​), ηiH,k=−γik(Gi(xk)−tk)\eta^{H,k}_i=-\gamma^k_i(G_i(x^k)-t_k)ηiH,k​=−γik​(Gi​(xk)−tk​): identity (11), disjointness (13), signs (14).
  3. Eventual support inclusions (12) into I00∪I0+I_{00}\cup I_{0+}I00​∪I0+​ and I00∪I+0I_{00}\cup I_{+0}I00​∪I+0​.
  4. Reduction to linearly independent gradients (15).
  5. Boundedness of the multiplier sequence under MPEC-CPLD.
  6. Weak stationarity of the limit x∗x^*x∗.

Significance

Local minimizers of an MPEC are M-stationary under weak constraint qualifications, whereas strong stationarity needs stronger ones such as MPEC-LICQ; a C-stationary point, the kind of limit the Scholtes relaxation delivers, may still admit first-order descent directions. Theorem 3.5 shows that the Kadrani et al. relaxation reaches M-stationary limits under a constraint qualification that is implied by MPEC-LICQ and MPEC-MFCQ and that holds, for instance, whenever all constraint functions are affine. It separates this scheme from the Scholtes and Steffensen–Ulbrich relaxations in the comparison of the paper.

The theorem is proved in the paper. As far as is known, no part of MPEC theory (constraint qualifications for MPECs, the stationarity hierarchy, relaxation schemes) has a machine-checked proof in Lean or Mathlib. This mission produces a formal account of the stationarity notions of Definition 2.3, of CPLD and MPEC-CPLD, and a complete formal proof of the convergence result, including the standard constraints ggg, hhh that the paper's proof skips for brevity.

Difficulty

The obvious argument passes to the limit in the KKT conditions of RKDB(tk)R^{KDB}(t_k)RKDB(tk​). This fails because the multipliers need not be bounded: unlike under MPEC-LICQ or MPEC-MFCQ, MPEC-CPLD does not by itself bound KKT multipliers, and the KKT points of the relaxed programs need not satisfy any constraint qualification themselves (Example 3.6 of the paper). The second difficulty is the biactive set I00I_{00}I00​: the product constraint contributes multipliers ηG,k\eta^{G,k}ηG,k, ηH,k\eta^{H,k}ηH,k to both ∇Gi\nabla G_i∇Gi​ and ∇Hi\nabla H_i∇Hi​, with signs that are not fixed a priori, so a naive limit of the multipliers only gives C-stationarity-type information, or none at all.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and gradients are Mathlib's gradient; indices are 0-based (Fin m, Fin p, Fin l), and m,p,lm,p,lm,p,l may be zero. Explicit choices fixed by the formalization:

  • The standing assumption of p. 1 (all data C1C^1C1) is a hypothesis P.IsC1 of every analytic statement.
  • "{tk}↓0\{t_k\}\downarrow 0{tk​}↓0" is tk>0t_k>0tk​>0, ttt nonincreasing, tk→0t_k\to 0tk​→0.
  • "Stationary point" of an NLP means feasible with KKT multipliers (p. 5).
  • Gradient sets are indexed families; linear (in)dependence is LinearIndependent ℝ of a family indexed by a disjoint union of subtypes, so repeated gradients count as dependent.
  • In positive-linear dependence (Definition 2.1), "not all of them being zero" refers to all coefficients; the sign constraint is on the inequality part only.
  • "Linearly dependent for all x∈N(x∗)x\in N(x^*)x∈N(x∗)" is ∀ᶠ y in 𝓝 x*.
  • Definition 2.3 is used with its two misprints corrected (μi∇hi(x∗)\mu_i\nabla h_i(x^*)μi​∇hi​(x∗); λigi(x∗)=0\lambda_ig_i(x^*)=0λi​gi​(x∗)=0 for i≤mi\le mi≤m); weak and M-stationarity include feasibility of x∗x^*x∗, which the goal derives rather than assumes.
  • TNLP(x∗)(x^*)(x∗) has exactly the constraints the paper lists (subtype index sets, no padding with zero constraints).
  • The standard constraints ggg, hhh, skipped in the paper's proof, are kept in every statement; displays (12) and (15) are extended by their ggg, hhh parts.

Two trivializing readings are ruled out. M-stationarity uses one multiplier tuple for both the weak-stationarity equation and the condition on I00I_{00}I00​; separate multipliers would make the sign condition vacuous. MPEC-CPLD demands linear dependence on a whole neighbourhood of x∗x^*x∗, not only at x∗x^*x∗; the pointwise version is a different hypothesis.

A complete development needs the gradient calculus of products and compositions on EuclideanSpace, a Carathéodory-type lemma (a conic combination can be reduced to one over linearly independent vectors with the same signs), and compactness of bounded sequences in finite dimensions. The Carathéodory lemma and the CPLD/positive-linear-dependence layer are reusable for any constraint-qualification argument in nonlinear programming. Proofs of individual milestones, and of the lemma behind (15), are welcome independently of the goal.

Selected references

  • T. Hoheisel, C. Kanzow, A. Schwartz, Theoretical and numerical comparison of relaxation methods for mathematical programs with complementarity constraints, Preprint 299, Institute of Mathematics, University of Würzburg, 2010; Mathematical Programming 137 (2013) 257–288. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0488-5
  • A. Kadrani, J.-P. Dussault, A. Benchakroun, A new regularization scheme for mathematical programs with complementarity constraints, SIAM Journal on Optimization 20 (2009) 78–103. https://doi.org/10.1137/070705490
  • S. Scholtes, Convergence properties of a regularization scheme for mathematical programs with complementarity constraints, SIAM Journal on Optimization 11 (2001) 918–936. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623499361233
  • S. Steffensen, M. Ulbrich, A new relaxation scheme for mathematical programs with equilibrium constraints, SIAM Journal on Optimization 20 (2010) 2504–2539. https://doi.org/10.1137/090748883
  • Z.-Q. Luo, J.-S. Pang, D. Ralph, Mathematical Programs with Equilibrium Constraints, Cambridge University Press, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511983658
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficient Algorithms for Online Decision Problems 1: Follow the Perturbed Leader FPL(ε) Has Expected Cost at Most min-cost_T + εRAT + D/εResearch Paper

Motivation

In an online decision problem a decision maker chooses actions one period at a time, and only after each choice learns what that choice cost. The classical instance is prediction with expert advice: each day one of nnn experts is followed, and afterwards every expert's loss is revealed. The goal is a strategy whose total cost is close to that of the best single fixed action in hindsight, whatever the sequence of costs.

Many structured problems have exponentially many actions, such as paths in a graph whose edge delays change daily. Weighted-majority methods keep one weight per action and are then inefficient. A. Kalai and S. Vempala (J. Comput. System Sci. 71 (2005) 291–307) showed that it suffices to be able to solve the offline problem: given total costs, find the best single action. Their algorithm, Follow the Perturbed Leader (FPL), adds a random perturbation to the accumulated costs and calls the offline solver once per period. The idea goes back to J. Hannan (1957); the paper's analysis made it short and broadly applicable, and FPL has since become a standard tool in online learning and online combinatorial optimization.

Timeline.

  • 1957: Hannan introduces perturbed play, with perturbations growing like t\sqrt tt​, and obtains additive bounds for finitely many actions.
  • 2005: Kalai and Vempala analyse FPL for linear costs over an arbitrary decision set with an offline oracle: an additive bound (Theorem 1.1(a), the goal here), a multiplicative bound (Theorem 1.1(b)), and lazy variants.

Setting

Decisions and states are vectors in Rn\mathbb R^nRn. The decision set is a possibly infinite set D⊂Rn\mathcal D \subset \mathbb R^nD⊂Rn and the state set is S⊂Rn\mathcal S \subset \mathbb R^nS⊂Rn. In period t=1,2,…t = 1, 2, \dotst=1,2,… the decision maker picks dt∈Dd_t \in \mathcal Ddt​∈D, then the state st∈Ss_t \in \mathcal Sst​∈S is revealed, and the cost is the dot product dt⋅std_t \cdot s_tdt​⋅st​. The state sequence is fixed in advance (an oblivious adversary).

Write s1:t=s1+⋯+sts_{1:t} = s_1 + \dots + s_ts1:t​=s1​+⋯+st​, with s1:0=0s_{1:0} = 0s1:0​=0. The offline oracle is a map M:Rn→DM : \mathbb R^n \to \mathcal DM:Rn→D with

M(s)∈arg min⁡d∈Dd⋅s.M(s) \in \operatorname*{arg\,min}_{d \in \mathcal D} d \cdot s .M(s)∈d∈Dargmin​d⋅s.

Because costs are linear, the best fixed decision after TTT periods has cost

min-costT=min⁡d∈D∑t=1Td⋅st=M(s1:T)⋅s1:T.\text{min-cost}_T = \min_{d \in \mathcal D} \sum_{t=1}^T d \cdot s_t = M(s_{1:T}) \cdot s_{1:T}.min-costT​=d∈Dmin​t=1∑T​d⋅st​=M(s1:T​)⋅s1:T​.

Three parameters measure an instance, with ∣x∣1=∑i∣xi∣|x|_1 = \sum_i |x_i|∣x∣1​=∑i​∣xi​∣:

  • the diameter D≥∣d−d′∣1D \ge |d - d'|_1D≥∣d−d′∣1​ for all d,d′∈Dd, d' \in \mathcal Dd,d′∈D;
  • the cost bound R≥∣d⋅s∣R \ge |d \cdot s|R≥∣d⋅s∣ for all d∈Dd \in \mathcal Dd∈D, s∈Ss \in \mathcal Ss∈S;
  • the state size A≥∣s∣1A \ge |s|_1A≥∣s∣1​ for all s∈Ss \in \mathcal Ss∈S.

FPL(ε\varepsilonε), for a parameter ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0: in each period ttt, draw ptp_tpt​ uniformly at random from the cube [0,1/ε]n[0, 1/\varepsilon]^n[0,1/ε]n and play M(s1:t−1+pt)M(s_{1:t-1} + p_t)M(s1:t−1​+pt​). Its expected cost is E[cost of FPL(ε)]=∑t=1TE [M(s1:t−1+pt)⋅st]\mathbb E[\text{cost of FPL}(\varepsilon)] = \sum_{t=1}^T \mathbb E\,[M(s_{1:t-1} + p_t) \cdot s_t]E[cost of FPL(ε)]=∑t=1T​E[M(s1:t−1​+pt​)⋅st​].

Hannan(δ\deltaδ): the same rule with ptp_tpt​ uniform on [0,t/δ]n[0, \sqrt t/\delta]^n[0,t​/δ]n.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1(a)

For every state sequence s1,…,sT∈Ss_1, \dots, s_T \in \mathcal Ss1​,…,sT​∈S and every 0<ε≤10 < \varepsilon \le 10<ε≤1,

E[cost of FPL(ε)]≤min-costT+εRAT+Dε.\mathbb E[\text{cost of FPL}(\varepsilon)] \le \text{min-cost}_T + \varepsilon R A T + \frac{D}{\varepsilon}.E[cost of FPL(ε)]≤min-costT​+εRAT+εD​.

The constants are the paper's. With ε=D/(RAT)\varepsilon = \sqrt{D/(RAT)}ε=D/(RAT)​ the expected regret is at most 2DRAT2\sqrt{DRAT}2DRAT​.

Milestones (the paper's proof path)

  1. Display (4), "be the leader": ∑t=1TM(s1:t)⋅st≤M(s1:T)⋅s1:T\sum_{t=1}^T M(s_{1:t}) \cdot s_t \le M(s_{1:T}) \cdot s_{1:T}∑t=1T​M(s1:t​)⋅st​≤M(s1:T​)⋅s1:T​.
  2. Lemma 3.1: for any T>0T > 0T>0 and vectors p0=0,p1,…,pTp_0 = 0, p_1, \dots, p_Tp0​=0,p1​,…,pT​,
∑t=1TM(s1:t+pt)⋅st≤M(s1:T)⋅s1:T+D∑t=1T∣pt−pt−1∣∞.\sum_{t=1}^T M(s_{1:t} + p_t) \cdot s_t \le M(s_{1:T}) \cdot s_{1:T} + D \sum_{t=1}^T |p_t - p_{t-1}|_\infty .t=1∑T​M(s1:t​+pt​)⋅st​≤M(s1:T​)⋅s1:T​+Dt=1∑T​∣pt​−pt−1​∣∞​.
  1. Display (5): for p1∈[0,1/ε]np_1 \in [0, 1/\varepsilon]^np1​∈[0,1/ε]n, ∑tM(s1:t+p1)⋅st≤M(s1:T)⋅s1:T+D∣p1∣∞≤M(s1:T)⋅s1:T+D/ε\sum_t M(s_{1:t} + p_1) \cdot s_t \le M(s_{1:T}) \cdot s_{1:T} + D|p_1|_\infty \le M(s_{1:T}) \cdot s_{1:T} + D/\varepsilon∑t​M(s1:t​+p1​)⋅st​≤M(s1:T​)⋅s1:T​+D∣p1​∣∞​≤M(s1:T​)⋅s1:T​+D/ε.
  2. Lemma 3.2: the cubes [0,1/ε]n[0, 1/\varepsilon]^n[0,1/ε]n and v+[0,1/ε]nv + [0, 1/\varepsilon]^nv+[0,1/ε]n overlap in at least a (1−ε∣v∣1)(1 - \varepsilon |v|_1)(1−ε∣v∣1​) fraction.

Companion: Theorem 3.3

For any state sequence in S\mathcal SS, any δ>0\delta > 0δ>0 and any T>0T > 0T>0,

E[cost of Hannan(δ)]≤M(s1:T)⋅s1:T+2δRAT+DTδ.\mathbb E[\text{cost of Hannan}(\delta)] \le M(s_{1:T}) \cdot s_{1:T} + 2\delta R A \sqrt T + \frac{D\sqrt T}{\delta}.E[cost of Hannan(δ)]≤M(s1:T​)⋅s1:T​+2δRAT​+δDT​​.

This bound needs no knowledge of TTT. It is included as a separate theorem, not a milestone of the goal.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1.1(a) reduces online linear optimization over any decision set to its offline counterpart, at the price of one oracle call per period and regret O(DRAT)O(\sqrt{DRAT})O(DRAT​). Applied to online shortest paths, spanning trees and other combinatorial problems it gives efficient algorithms where weighted majority would maintain exponentially many weights. Later uses of FPL (approximate oracles, robust optimization via online learning) start from this bound.

Formalizing it. The theorem has been proved in print for twenty years; it has no machine-checked proof that we know of. The platform already holds a formalization of Ben-Tal, Hazan, Koren and Mannor's approximate-oracle variant (OracleRO.ApproxFPL), which takes a maximising oracle and an oscillation bound RRR and therefore yields a weaker constant (2εRAT2\varepsilon RAT2εRAT) in this setting. This mission states the exact-oracle bound with the paper's constant εRAT\varepsilon RATεRAT, where RRR bounds ∣d⋅s∣|d \cdot s|∣d⋅s∣ itself. A correct proof must handle that constant carefully; see the next section.

Difficulty

Display (4), Lemma 3.1 and display (5) are finite-sum arguments from the defining property of MMM. Lemma 3.2 is a statement about Lebesgue measure of a cube and its translate.

The central difficulty is the stability step: bounding, period by period, how much worse it is to play M(s1:t−1+pt)M(s_{1:t-1} + p_t)M(s1:t−1​+pt​) than M(s1:t+pt)M(s_{1:t} + p_t)M(s1:t​+pt​). The obvious argument says that the two perturbed points have laws that agree on a (1−ε∣st∣1)(1 - \varepsilon|s_t|_1)(1−ε∣st​∣1​) fraction, and on the rest "one can only be RRR larger". Under the printed definition of RRR the difference of two costs d⋅st−d′⋅std \cdot s_t - d' \cdot s_td⋅st​−d′⋅st​ can be as large as 2R2R2R, so this per-period bound fails for costs of mixed sign: with n=1n = 1n=1, D={−1,1}\mathcal D = \{-1, 1\}D={−1,1} and suitable s1:t−1s_{1:t-1}s1:t−1​, the per-period difference is 2εst22\varepsilon s_t^22εst2​, while εRA=εst2\varepsilon R A = \varepsilon s_t^2εRA=εst2​. The theorem itself, with εRAT\varepsilon RATεRAT, remains true, but a proof cannot proceed by the per-period comparison as written. Proving the goal with the stated constant, rather than 2εRAT2\varepsilon RAT2εRAT, is the substantive part of the mission.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are Fin n → ℝ; d⋅sd \cdot sd⋅s is dotProduct (⬝ᵥ); ∣x∣1|x|_1∣x∣1​ is written out as ∑i∣xi∣\sum_i |x_i|∑i​∣xi​∣; ∣x∣∞|x|_\infty∣x∣∞​ is the Lean norm ‖x‖, which on Fin n → ℝ is the sup norm. The sets are Dset and S; the diameter is Ddiam.
  • States are a sequence s : ℕ → Fin n → ℝ indexed from 111 (s 0 is unused); the hypothesis st∈Ss_t \in \mathcal Sst​∈S is imposed for 1≤t≤T1 \le t \le T1≤t≤T.
  • The oracle is the predicate IsArgminOracle Dset M: M(x)∈DM(x) \in \mathcal DM(x)∈D and M(x)⋅x≤d⋅xM(x) \cdot x \le d \cdot xM(x)⋅x≤d⋅x for all d∈Dd \in \mathcal Dd∈D. Every theorem quantifies over all such MMM; the oracle is never a chosen Classical.epsilon minimiser.
  • Parameters DDD, RRR, AAA are hypotheses over the sets exactly as printed on p. 294 (not the weaker "reasonable decisions" variant of the paper's footnote 4). Each statement takes only the parameters it uses.
  • Shared definitions come from the published OracleRO.ApproxFPL.FPL: prefixSum s t =s1:t= s_{1:t}=s1:t​; perturbLaw n ε, the uniform law on [0,1/ε]n[0, 1/\varepsilon]^n[0,1/ε]n; and fplExpectedReward M s ε T =∑t=1T∫st⋅M(s1:t−1+p) dU(p)= \sum_{t=1}^T \int s_t \cdot M(s_{1:t-1} + p)\, dU(p)=∑t=1T​∫st​⋅M(s1:t−1​+p)dU(p), which with an argmin oracle is the expected cost of FPL(ε\varepsilonε) (its name reflects a maximisation source). Using one integral per period is the paper's own observation that fresh and shared perturbations give the same expectation.
  • Added hypotheses, each disclosed in the item: ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 and δ>0\delta > 0δ>0 (the page divides by them); measurability of MMM (the expectations require it). With RRR bounding ∣d⋅s∣|d \cdot s|∣d⋅s∣ and M(x)∈DM(x) \in \mathcal DM(x)∈D, every integrand is bounded and measurable, so every expectation is a genuine integral and no bound holds vacuously. The page's ε≤1\varepsilon \le 1ε≤1 is kept in the goal although the bound does not use it. TTT is unrestricted where the page allows it.
  • Not a trivialization. The expected cost uses M(s1:t−1+p)M(s_{1:t-1} + p)M(s1:t−1​+p), the decision available before sts_tst​ is seen; replacing it by the "be the leader" decision M(s1:t+p)M(s_{1:t} + p)M(s1:t​+p) would make the goal follow from display (5) alone. The uniform law is normalised (a probability measure for ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0).
  • Corrected reading. Display (5) on the page prints M(st+p1)M(s_t + p_1)M(st​+p1​); the statement uses M(s1:t+p1)M(s_{1:t} + p_1)M(s1:t​+p1​), which is what Lemma 3.1 gives and what the text says it applies.
  • Not included. The per-period stability inequality of the printed proof, which is false for costs of mixed sign.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, the goal and Theorem 3.3, and reusable lemmas on uniform laws over translated cubes.

Selected references

  • A. Kalai, S. Vempala, Efficient algorithms for online decision problems, J. Comput. System Sci. 71(3) (2005) 291–307. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcss.2004.10.016
  • J. Hannan, Approximation to Bayes risk in repeated plays, in: Contributions to the Theory of Games, vol. 3, Princeton University Press, 1957, pp. 97–139 (reference [14] of Kalai–Vempala, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcss.2004.10.016).
  • A. Ben-Tal, E. Hazan, T. Koren, S. Mannor, Oracle-based robust optimization via online learning, Oper. Res. 63(3) (2015) 628–638. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2015.1374
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Dynamic Programming 1: The Robust Bellman Recursion and Optimality of Deterministic Markov Policies in Finite HorizonResearch Paper

Motivation

Markov decision processes assume that the transition law is known exactly. In practice it is estimated from data, and the optimal policy computed for the point estimate can perform badly when the true law differs. Robust dynamic programming replaces each transition law by a set of plausible laws and evaluates a policy by its worst-case expected reward over that set. The worst case is taken against an adversary (nature) who may choose a law from the set at every step.

For this worst case to be computable by backward induction, the set of path measures of a policy has to decompose epoch by epoch. Garud Iyengar named this property Rectangularity and proved that under it the classical finite horizon theory carries over: a robust Bellman equation holds, and deterministic Markov policies are optimal among all history dependent randomized policies, with state and action sets that may be countably infinite and ambiguity sets that need not be convex (Iyengar, CORC Tech Report TR-2002-07, rev. 2004; published in Math. Oper. Res. 30(2), 2005).

Timeline:

  • 1973: Satia and Lave study Markov decision processes with uncertain transition probabilities, finite states and actions (Oper. Res. 21(3)).
  • 2001: Epstein and Schneider axiomatize recursive multiple priors, the decision-theoretic origin of rectangular ambiguity (J. Econ. Theory 113, working paper 2001).
  • 2002–2005: Nilim and El Ghaoui give a robust counterpart of the Bellman recursion for finite state and action spaces and convex ambiguity sets, against Markov controllers (Oper. Res. 53(5)).
  • 2002–2005: Iyengar proves the robust Bellman equation and Markov optimality for countable spaces, arbitrary ambiguity sets and all history dependent randomized policies, under Rectangularity.

Setting

A finite horizon ambiguous Markov decision process (AMDP) has decision epochs t∈T={0,…,N−1}t \in T = \{0,\dots,N-1\}t∈T={0,…,N−1}, N≥1N\ge 1N≥1, and a terminal epoch NNN. States lie in a countable set S\mathcal SS and actions in a countable set A\mathcal AA. In state sss at epoch ttt the admissible actions form a nonempty set At(s)\mathcal A_t(s)At​(s). For each admissible action aaa, the next state is drawn from some probability measure p∈Pt(s,a)p \in \mathcal P_t(s,a)p∈Pt​(s,a), where Pt(s,a)\mathcal P_t(s,a)Pt​(s,a) is a nonempty set of probability measures on S\mathcal SS, the ambiguity set. The decision maker receives rt(s,a,s′)r_t(s,a,s')rt​(s,a,s′) when aaa is taken in sss and the next state is s′s's′, and rN(s)r_N(s)rN​(s) at the terminal epoch.

A history at epoch nnn is hn=(s0,a0,…,sn−1,an−1,sn)h_n=(s_0,a_0,\dots,s_{n-1},a_{n-1},s_n)hn​=(s0​,a0​,…,sn−1​,an−1​,sn​). A policy π=(dt)\pi=(d_t)π=(dt​) assigns to each history hth_tht​ a probability measure dt(ht)d_t(h_t)dt​(ht​) on At(st)\mathcal A_t(s_t)At​(st​). It is deterministic (ΠD\Pi_DΠD​) if every dt(ht)d_t(h_t)dt​(ht​) is a point mass, and deterministic Markov (ΠMD\Pi_{MD}ΠMD​) if moreover the chosen action depends on the current state sts_tst​ alone. Π\PiΠ denotes all history dependent randomized policies.

Under Rectangularity (Assumption 1), the set Tπ\mathcal T^\piTπ of path measures consistent with π\piπ is a product of one-epoch sets: nature chooses, for every epoch ttt, every history hth_tht​ and every admissible action aaa, a measure pht,a∈Pt(st,a)p_{h_t,a}\in\mathcal P_t(s_t,a)pht​,a​∈Pt​(st​,a), and the path measure is P(hN)=∏tdt(ht)(at) pht,at(st+1)\mathbf P(h_N)=\prod_t d_t(h_t)(a_t)\,p_{h_t,a_t}(s_{t+1})P(hN​)=∏t​dt​(ht​)(at​)pht​,at​​(st+1​). The robust value of π\piπ from hnh_nhn​ and the robust value function are

Vnπ(hn)=inf⁡P∈TnπEP[∑t=nN−1rt(st,at,st+1)+rN(sN)],Vn∗(hn)=sup⁡π∈ΠVnπ(hn).V^\pi_n(h_n)=\inf_{\mathbf P\in\mathcal T^\pi_n}E^{\mathbf P}\Big[\sum_{t=n}^{N-1}r_t(s_t,a_t,s_{t+1})+r_N(s_N)\Big],\qquad V^*_n(h_n)=\sup_{\pi\in\Pi}V^\pi_n(h_n).Vnπ​(hn​)=P∈Tnπ​inf​EP[t=n∑N−1​rt​(st​,at​,st+1​)+rN​(sN​)],Vn∗​(hn​)=π∈Πsup​Vnπ​(hn​).

The optimistic values Vˉnπ\bar V^\pi_nVˉnπ​, Vˉn∗\bar V^*_nVˉn∗​ replace the infimum over Tnπ\mathcal T^\pi_nTnπ​ by a supremum.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (Markov optimality)

For n=0,…,Nn=0,\dots,Nn=0,…,N, Vn∗(hn)V^*_n(h_n)Vn∗​(hn​) depends on hnh_nhn​ only through sns_nsn​; for n∈Tn\in Tn∈T, Vn∗(sn)=sup⁡π∈ΠMDVnπ(sn)V^*_n(s_n)=\sup_{\pi\in\Pi_{MD}}V^\pi_n(s_n)Vn∗​(sn​)=supπ∈ΠMD​​Vnπ​(sn​); and

Vn∗(s)=sup⁡a∈An(s) inf⁡p∈Pn(s,a)Ep[rn(s,a,s′)+Vn+1∗(s′)],n∈T.(16)V^*_n(s)=\sup_{a\in\mathcal A_n(s)}\ \inf_{p\in\mathcal P_n(s,a)}E^p\big[r_n(s,a,s')+V^*_{n+1}(s')\big],\qquad n\in T. \tag{16}Vn∗​(s)=a∈An​(s)sup​ p∈Pn​(s,a)inf​Ep[rn​(s,a,s′)+Vn+1∗​(s′)],n∈T.(16)

Milestones

  1. Proof of Theorem 1, eq. (15): at one epoch, randomizing over actions does not raise the worst-case value, and the adversary may choose its measure separately per action.
  2. Theorem 1 (Bellman equation): VN∗(hN)=rN(sN)V^*_N(h_N)=r_N(s_N)VN∗​(hN​)=rN​(sN​) and Vn∗(hn)=sup⁡ainf⁡p∈Pn(sn,a)Ep[rn(sn,a,s)+Vn+1∗(hn,a,s)]V^*_n(h_n)=\sup_{a}\inf_{p\in\mathcal P_n(s_n,a)}E^p[r_n(s_n,a,s)+V^*_{n+1}(h_n,a,s)]Vn∗​(hn​)=supa​infp∈Pn​(sn​,a)​Ep[rn​(sn​,a,s)+Vn+1∗​(hn​,a,s)] (11).
  3. Corollary 1: Vn∗(hn)=sup⁡π∈ΠDVnπ(hn)V^*_n(h_n)=\sup_{\pi\in\Pi_D}V^\pi_n(h_n)Vn∗​(hn​)=supπ∈ΠD​​Vnπ​(hn​) for n∈Tn\in Tn∈T.
  4. Theorem 3: the optimistic analogue of Theorem 2, with recursion (18) in which both the outer and the inner optimizations are suprema.

The mission also contains, as a draft theorem that is not a milestone, the per-policy identity of the proof of Theorem 1, eq. (12): for each policy, Vnπ(hn)=inf⁡p∈TdnEp[rn+Vn+1π(hn,an,sn+1)]V^\pi_n(h_n)=\inf_{p\in\mathcal T^{d_n}}E^p[r_n+V^\pi_{n+1}(h_n,a_n,s_{n+1})]Vnπ​(hn​)=infp∈Tdn​​Ep[rn​+Vn+1π​(hn​,an​,sn+1​)].

Significance

Theorem 2 is the basis of robust dynamic programming in finite horizon: computing an optimal robust policy reduces to NNN backward passes, each a family of one-stage problems inf⁡p∈Pn(s,a)Ep[v]\inf_{p\in\mathcal P_n(s,a)}E^p[v]infp∈Pn​(s,a)​Ep[v]. It also justifies restricting attention to deterministic Markov policies, which is what every algorithm in the robust MDP literature computes. Theorem 1 isolates the role of Rectangularity: without it the worst case over path measures does not decompose and the recursion characterizes nothing.

The results are proved on paper; no machine-checked proof is known. The platform holds the finite-state, Markov-controller special case (the Nilim–El Ghaoui RobustMDP series, posed, not proved), whose comparison class is too small to express the claim ΠMD\Pi_{MD}ΠMD​ suffices against Π\PiΠ. A formal proof here supplies the history dependent policy and adversary machinery on countable spaces that the discounted robust theory and the robust MDP literature reuse.

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes the robust value as an inf–sup over path measures and pushes the infimum inside the expectation epoch by epoch. That step is the content of (12): the infimum of an expectation equals the expectation of an infimum only because nature's continuation choice may depend on the realized action and next state, so near-worst continuations for different branches can be glued into one admissible adversary. Infima need not be attained (the ambiguity sets are arbitrary, the state set countable), so the gluing is an ϵ\epsilonϵ-argument over countably many branches. The supremum over policies needs a matching splicing of ϵ\epsilonϵ-optimal continuation policies (13)–(14). Finally, randomized decision rules must be eliminated (15), which uses Rectangularity again, now per action. Restricting either the policies or the adversary to Markov ones from the start is not allowed: it changes the comparison class and makes the goal circular.

Formalization scope

  • One countable state type S and one countable action type A serve all epochs; the page's epoch-dependent sets St\mathcal S_tSt​ embed into their disjoint union. Epochs are 0-based natural numbers, with terminal epoch M.N and 1 ≤ N.
  • A history at epoch nnn is (Fin n → S × A) × S. Probability measures are PMF; Ep[f]=∑sp(s)f(s)E^p[f]=\sum_s p(s)f(s)Ep[f]=∑s​p(s)f(s) as a tsum. The expected reward under a policy and an adversary is computed by backward iterated sums, which is the expectation under the product path measure (3).
  • A policy is a decision rule for every epoch, admissible for t < N; the supremum over Π\PiΠ equals that over the page's Πn\Pi_nΠn​ because VnπV^\pi_nVnπ​ uses only dn,…,dN−1d_n,\dots,d_{N-1}dn​,…,dN−1​. An adversary chooses pht,a∈Pt(st,a)p_{h_t,a}\in\mathcal P_t(s_t,a)pht​,a​∈Pt​(st​,a) for every epoch, history and admissible action.
  • Added and implicit hypotheses: At(s)≠∅\mathcal A_t(s)\neq\emptysetAt​(s)=∅ and Pt(s,a)≠∅\mathcal P_t(s,a)\neq\emptysetPt​(s,a)=∅ (implicit on the page), and a uniform bound ∣rt∣≤R|r_t|\le R∣rt​∣≤R, ∣rN∣≤R|r_N|\le R∣rN​∣≤R (added: Section 2 states none, but with countable states the expectations and the real suprema and infima need it). All values then lie in a bounded interval, so no supremum or infimum is a junk value.
  • Ambiguity sets are arbitrary nonempty sets of measures: no convexity, closedness or attainment is assumed anywhere.
  • "Vn∗V^*_nVn∗​ is a function of the current state alone" is stated as the existence of W(n,s)W(n,s)W(n,s) with Vn∗(hn)=W(n,sn)V^*_n(h_n)=W(n,s_n)Vn∗​(hn​)=W(n,sn​); the value is not defined on states, which would hide the claim. The notation Vnπ(sn)V^\pi_n(s_n)Vnπ​(sn​) for Markov policies is made explicit as a clause.
  • Ruled out: restricting Π\PiΠ or the adversary to Markov or stationary objects, a static adversary that fixes one ppp per (s,a)(s,a)(s,a) for the whole horizon, and suprema over unbounded or empty families; each makes some target false or trivial.

Definitions: AMDP, History, History.extend, IsPolicy, Policy, IsDeterministic, IsDetMarkov, Adversary, Selection, expect, expTail, expectedReward, V, Vstar, Vbar, VbarStar, all in RobustDP.FiniteHorizon. Lemmas about gluing adversaries along history prefixes and about suprema of bounded families indexed by subtypes are reusable. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, in any order; (15) is a one-epoch statement independent of the rest.

Selected references

  • G. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, CORC Tech Report TR-2002-07, Columbia University, revised May 4, 2004; Math. Oper. Res. 30(2):257–280, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • A. Nilim and L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Oper. Res. 53(5):780–798, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • J. K. Satia and R. E. Lave, Markovian decision processes with uncertain transition probabilities, Oper. Res. 21(3):728–740, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.3.728
  • L. G. Epstein and M. Schneider, Recursive multiple-priors, J. Econ. Theory 113(1):1–31, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0531(03)00097-8
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stability of Multistage Stochastic Programs: Optimal Values Are Locally Lipschitz in the L_r Distance of the Inputs plus a Filtration DistanceResearch Paper

Motivation

A multistage stochastic program chooses decisions x1,…,xTx_1, \dots, x_Tx1​,…,xT​ over TTT time periods while a random input ξ1,…,ξT\xi_1, \dots, \xi_Tξ1​,…,ξT​ is revealed one stage at a time; the decision at stage ttt may use what has been observed so far and nothing more. Such models are used for capacity expansion, hydro-thermal power scheduling, asset–liability management and production planning. In practice the true input process is never used directly: it is replaced by an estimate, a discretization or a scenario tree with few branches, and the program is solved for that approximation. Whether the optimal value of the approximate program is close to the true one is therefore the basic question behind every scenario-tree method.

For two-stage programs (T=2T = 2T=2) the answer is classical: the optimal value is Lipschitz continuous with respect to suitable distances of probability distributions (Rachev and Römisch, 2002). For T>2T > 2T>2 that methodology breaks down, because the multistage objective depends on conditional expectations given the past, and hence on the information structure of the input, not only on its distribution. Heitsch, Römisch and Strugarek (SIAM J. Optim. 2006) showed that the gap is closed by adding one more term: a distance between the filtrations generated by the true and the approximate inputs. Their estimate is the basis of later work on scenario-tree construction and on the nested distance of Pflug and Pichler.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal F, \mathbb P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and ξ=(ξ1,…,ξT)\xi = (\xi_1, \dots, \xi_T)ξ=(ξ1​,…,ξT​) a process with ξt∈Rd\xi_t \in \mathbb R^dξt​∈Rd. The information available at stage ttt is ξt=(ξ1,…,ξt)\xi^t = (\xi_1, \dots, \xi_t)ξt=(ξ1​,…,ξt​), and Ft=σ(ξt)\mathcal F_t = \sigma(\xi^t)Ft​=σ(ξt) is the σ-field it generates; ξ1\xi_1ξ1​ is deterministic, so F1={∅,Ω}\mathcal F_1 = \{\emptyset, \Omega\}F1​={∅,Ω}. The linear multistage program (1) is

v(ξ)=inf⁡{E[∑t=1T⟨bt(ξt),xt⟩]  :  xt∈Xt, xt Ft-measurable, At,0xt+At,1xt−1=ht(ξt) (t≥2)},v(\xi) = \inf\Big\{ \mathbb E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^T \langle b_t(\xi_t), x_t\rangle\Big] \;:\; x_t \in X_t,\ x_t \ \mathcal F_t\text{-measurable},\ A_{t,0}x_t + A_{t,1}x_{t-1} = h_t(\xi_t)\ (t \ge 2) \Big\},v(ξ)=inf{E[t=1∑T​⟨bt​(ξt​),xt​⟩]:xt​∈Xt​, xt​ Ft​-measurable, At,0​xt​+At,1​xt−1​=ht​(ξt​) (t≥2)},

where X1⊆Rm1X_1 \subseteq \mathbb R^{m_1}X1​⊆Rm1​ is a polyhedron, Xt⊆RmtX_t \subseteq \mathbb R^{m_t}Xt​⊆Rmt​ for t≥2t \ge 2t≥2 are polyhedral cones, At,0A_{t,0}At,0​ and At,1A_{t,1}At,1​ are fixed matrices, and the costs btb_tbt​ and right-hand sides hth_tht​ are affine functions of the current input ξt\xi_tξt​. Write F(ξ,x)F(\xi, x)F(ξ,x) for the objective and X(ξ)\mathcal X(\xi)X(ξ) for the feasible set.

Which data are random fixes two integrability exponents: if only the costs are random, r=1r = 1r=1 and r′=∞r' = \inftyr′=∞; if only the right-hand sides are random, r=r′=1r = r' = 1r=r′=1; otherwise r=r′=2r = r' = 2r=r′=2. The input lives in LrL_rLr​ and the decisions in Lr′L_{r'}Lr′​, and ∥ξ−ξ~∥r\|\xi - \tilde\xi\|_r∥ξ−ξ~​∥r​ is the LrL_rLr​ distance of two inputs.

Three conditions are imposed: (A1) complete fixed recourse, At,0Xt=RntA_{t,0}X_t = \mathbb R^{n_t}At,0​Xt​=Rnt​ for t≥2t \ge 2t≥2; (A2) v(ξ)v(\xi)v(ξ) is finite and FFF is level-bounded locally uniformly at ξ\xiξ: for some α>0\alpha > 0α>0 there are δ>0\delta > 0δ>0 and a bounded set B⊆Lr′B \subseteq L_{r'}B⊆Lr′​ such that the level set lα(F(ξ~,⋅))={x~∈X(ξ~):F(ξ~,x~)≤v(ξ)+α}l_\alpha(F(\tilde\xi, \cdot)) = \{\tilde x \in \mathcal X(\tilde\xi) : F(\tilde\xi, \tilde x) \le v(\xi) + \alpha\}lα​(F(ξ~​,⋅))={x~∈X(ξ~​):F(ξ~​,x~)≤v(ξ)+α} is nonempty and contained in BBB whenever ∥ξ~−ξ∥r≤δ\|\tilde\xi - \xi\|_r \le \delta∥ξ~​−ξ∥r​≤δ; (A3) ξ∈Lr\xi \in L_rξ∈Lr​.

The filtration distance at stage ttt compares how well a near-optimal decision of one problem is predicted from the other problem's information:

Dt(Ft,F~t)=max⁡{sup⁡x∈lα(F(ξ,⋅))∥xt−E[xt∣F~t]∥r′, sup⁡x~∈lα(F(ξ~,⋅))∥x~t−E[x~t∣Ft]∥r′}.D_t(\mathcal F_t, \tilde{\mathcal F}_t) = \max\Big\{ \sup_{x \in l_\alpha(F(\xi,\cdot))} \|x_t - \mathbb E[x_t \mid \tilde{\mathcal F}_t]\|_{r'},\ \sup_{\tilde x \in l_\alpha(F(\tilde\xi,\cdot))} \|\tilde x_t - \mathbb E[\tilde x_t \mid \mathcal F_t]\|_{r'} \Big\}.Dt​(Ft​,F~t​)=max{x∈lα​(F(ξ,⋅))sup​∥xt​−E[xt​∣F~t​]∥r′​, x~∈lα​(F(ξ~​,⋅))sup​∥x~t​−E[x~t​∣Ft​]∥r′​}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

Under (A1)–(A3) and boundedness of X1X_1X1​ there are positive constants LLL, α\alphaα, δ\deltaδ such that

∣v(ξ)−v(ξ~)∣≤L(∥ξ−ξ~∥r+∑t=2T−1Dt(Ft,F~t))|v(\xi) - v(\tilde\xi)| \le L\Big( \|\xi - \tilde\xi\|_r + \sum_{t=2}^{T-1} D_t(\mathcal F_t, \tilde{\mathcal F}_t) \Big)∣v(ξ)−v(ξ~​)∣≤L(∥ξ−ξ~​∥r​+t=2∑T−1​Dt​(Ft​,F~t​))

for every input ξ~∈Lr\tilde\xi \in L_rξ~​∈Lr​ with ∥ξ~−ξ∥r≤δ\|\tilde\xi - \xi\|_r \le \delta∥ξ~​−ξ∥r​≤δ and v(ξ~)v(\tilde\xi)v(ξ~​) finite. The constants are existential: the theorem asserts the shape of the estimate, not its numerical values.

Milestones

  1. (10): the maps Mt(u)={x∈Xt:At,0x=u}M_t(u) = \{x \in X_t : A_{t,0}x = u\}Mt​(u)={x∈Xt​:At,0​x=u} are Lipschitz in the Hausdorff sense.
  2. (11): every feasible policy for ξ\xiξ can be transferred to a feasible policy for ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​, adapted to F~t\tilde{\mathcal F}_tF~t​, with a pointwise error bound whose constants do not depend on ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​.
  3. The three case estimates of v(ξ~)−v(ξ)v(\tilde\xi) - v(\xi)v(ξ~​)−v(ξ): only right-hand sides random, only costs random, and r=r′=2r = r' = 2r=r′=2.
  4. (14) and (15): the two one-sided estimates, whose sum of filtration terms is bounded by ∑tDt\sum_t D_t∑t​Dt​.

Significance

The theorem identifies what an approximation of a multistage input must preserve: closeness in LrL_rLr​ alone is not enough, and the filtration term measures exactly the information that is lost or gained. It justifies scenario-tree construction by forward selection and reduction (Heitsch and Römisch, 2009), where both terms are controlled, and it is the precursor of the nested distance, for which analogous Lipschitz bounds are proved. Without such an estimate a scenario tree that matches the marginal distributions can still give an arbitrarily wrong optimal value.

The result is proved in the paper; it has not been formalized. A machine-checked version needs, and would produce, a formal theory of linear programs with decisions adapted to a generated filtration in LpL_pLp​ spaces, Lipschitz continuity of polyhedral set-valued maps, and measurable selections of conditional-expectation projections. Each of these is reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The obvious argument — take a near-optimal policy for ξ\xiξ and evaluate it for ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ — fails at once: that policy is adapted to Ft\mathcal F_tFt​, not to F~t\tilde{\mathcal F}_tF~t​, so it is not feasible for the perturbed problem, and projecting it by conditional expectation onto F~t\tilde{\mathcal F}_tF~t​ destroys the equality constraints. Any repaired policy must again be F~t\tilde{\mathcal F}_tF~t​-measurable at every stage, and an error made at stage ttt propagates to all later stages through the recursion At,0xt+At,1xt−1=ht(ξt)A_{t,0}x_t + A_{t,1}x_{t-1} = h_t(\xi_t)At,0​xt​+At,1​xt−1​=ht​(ξt​), where it must stay controlled in the right Lr′L_{r'}Lr′​ norm. The three integrability regimes need separate estimates; in the regime r′=∞r' = \inftyr′=∞ the error must be bounded essentially, not only on average.

Formalization scope

The program is encoded in a single definitions file. Stages are natural numbers 1,…,T1, \dots, T1,…,T with dimension functions mtm_tmt​, ntn_tnt​. X1X_1X1​ is given by finitely many linear inequalities and each XtX_tXt​, t≥2t \ge 2t≥2, by finitely many homogeneous ones, so "polyhedral" and "polyhedral cone" are built in. The matrices are linear maps between Euclidean spaces; bt(y)=bt0+Btyb_t(y) = b_t^0 + B_t ybt​(y)=bt0​+Bt​y and ht(y)=ht0+Htyh_t(y) = h_t^0 + H_t yht​(y)=ht0​+Ht​y. A randomness pattern (costs, rhs, both) carries the exponents (r,r′)(r, r')(r,r′) and its restriction on the data: Ht=0H_t = 0Ht​=0 for costs, Bt=0B_t = 0Bt​=0 for rhs, none for both.

The committed conventions are:

  • Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ is the σ-field generated by ξ1,…,ξt\xi_1, \dots, \xi_tξ1​,…,ξt​; conditional expectations are Mathlib's condExp;
  • an admissible input is measurable, in LrL_rLr​ stage by stage, and has a deterministic first component; nothing assumes ξ~1=ξ1\tilde\xi_1 = \xi_1ξ~​1​=ξ1​ or FT=F\mathcal F_T = \mathcal FFT​=F;
  • a feasible policy has deterministic x1∈X1x_1 \in X_1x1​∈X1​, Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable xtx_txt​ satisfying the constraints almost surely, and every xtx_txt​ in Lr′L_{r'}Lr′​;
  • ∥ξ−ξ~∥r\|\xi - \tilde\xi\|_r∥ξ−ξ~​∥r​ uses the Euclidean norm on RTd\mathbb R^{Td}RTd; "bounded in Lr′L_{r'}Lr′​" is read componentwise, which is equivalent;
  • optimal values are extended reals (+∞+\infty+∞ when infeasible); norms, suprema and the estimate are stated in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞], so no default value of a partial operation enters;
  • both level sets in DtD_tDt​ use the threshold v(ξ)+αv(\xi) + \alphav(ξ)+α, as (A2) defines them.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the constants LLL, α\alphaα, δ\deltaδ are quantified before ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​; the theorem covers all three randomness patterns; the level sets are nonempty, so the suprema are not vacuous; and a sorry-free check exhibits data satisfying (A1) with a feasible policy, so the hypotheses are satisfiable.

Contributions are welcome on Lipschitz continuity of polyhedral set-valued maps (Walkup–Wets), measurable selections, conditional expectation of set-constrained random vectors, and any of the case estimates.

Selected references

  • H. Heitsch, W. Römisch, C. Strugarek, Stability of multistage stochastic programs, SIAM J. Optim. 17 (2006) 511–525. https://doi.org/10.1137/050632865 (formalized from the authors' manuscript, edoc.hu-berlin.de)
  • S. T. Rachev, W. Römisch, Quantitative stability in stochastic programming: the method of probability metrics, Math. Oper. Res. 27 (2002) 792–818. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.27.4.792.304
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J-B Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
  • D. W. Walkup, R. J-B Wets, A Lipschitzian characterization of convex polyhedra, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 167–173. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9939-1969-0246200-8
  • H. Heitsch, W. Römisch, Scenario tree modeling for multistage stochastic programs, Math. Program. 118 (2009) 371–406. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0197-2
  • G. Ch. Pflug, A. Pichler, A distance for multistage stochastic optimization models, SIAM J. Optim. 22 (2012) 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1137/110825054
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Theoretical and Numerical Comparison of Relaxation Methods for Mathematical Programs with Complementarity Constraints 2: MPEC-MFCQ Implies MFCQ for the Scholtes Relaxed Problems LocallyResearch Paper

Motivation

A mathematical program with complementarity constraints (MPEC, also called MPCC) is a nonlinear program in which some pairs of constraint functions must be nonnegative with at least one of each pair equal to zero. Such programs model bilevel optimization, Stackelberg games, contact problems in mechanics, and traffic equilibrium design; see Luo, Pang and Ralph, Mathematical Programs with Equilibrium Constraints (Cambridge University Press, 1996). The complementarity constraints make every standard constraint qualification of nonlinear programming fail at every feasible point: neither LICQ nor MFCQ ever holds. Off-the-shelf NLP theory and solvers therefore do not apply directly.

Relaxation methods work around this by replacing the MPEC with a family of ordinary nonlinear programs indexed by a parameter t>0t>0t>0 and letting t↓0t\downarrow0t↓0. The oldest of these is the global relaxation of Scholtes (SIAM J. Optim. 11, 2001). The relaxed programs are only useful if they are themselves well posed: a local minimizer of a relaxed program should carry Lagrange multipliers, so that the sequence of KKT points the method computes actually exists. Hoheisel, Kanzow and Schwartz (Preprint 299, Univ. Würzburg, 2010; published in Mathematical Programming) compare five relaxation schemes, prove convergence under weaker MPEC constraint qualifications than before, and ask which standard constraint qualification the relaxed programs satisfy. This mission formalizes their answer for Scholtes' scheme, Theorem 3.2.

Setting

A standard nonlinear program (2) on Rn\mathbb R^nRn minimizes f(x)f(x)f(x) subject to gi(x)≤0g_i(x)\le0gi​(x)≤0 and hj(x)=0h_j(x)=0hj​(x)=0 for finitely many iii and jjj. At a feasible xxx, the active set is Ig(x)={i∣gi(x)=0}I_g(x)=\{i\mid g_i(x)=0\}Ig​(x)={i∣gi​(x)=0}. A family {∇gi(x)∣i∈I1}∪{∇hj(x)∣j∈I2}\{\nabla g_i(x)\mid i\in I_1\}\cup\{\nabla h_j(x)\mid j\in I_2\}{∇gi​(x)∣i∈I1​}∪{∇hj​(x)∣j∈I2​} is positive-linearly dependent if some combination ∑αi∇gi(x)+∑βj∇hj(x)\sum\alpha_i\nabla g_i(x)+\sum\beta_j\nabla h_j(x)∑αi​∇gi​(x)+∑βj​∇hj​(x) vanishes with αi≥0\alpha_i\ge0αi​≥0 and not all coefficients zero. The Mangasarian–Fromovitz constraint qualification (MFCQ) holds at xxx if the gradients ∇hj(x)\nabla h_j(x)∇hj​(x) are linearly independent and some direction ddd has ∇gi(x)Td<0\nabla g_i(x)^Td<0∇gi​(x)Td<0 for every active iii and ∇hj(x)Td=0\nabla h_j(x)^Td=0∇hj​(x)Td=0 for every jjj.

The MPEC (1) minimizes f(x)f(x)f(x) subject to

gi(x)≤0 (i≤m),hi(x)=0 (i≤p),Gi(x)≥0, Hi(x)≥0, Gi(x)Hi(x)=0 (i≤l),g_i(x)\le0\ (i\le m),\quad h_i(x)=0\ (i\le p),\quad G_i(x)\ge0,\ H_i(x)\ge0,\ G_i(x)H_i(x)=0\ (i\le l),gi​(x)≤0 (i≤m),hi​(x)=0 (i≤p),Gi​(x)≥0, Hi​(x)≥0, Gi​(x)Hi​(x)=0 (i≤l),

with continuously differentiable data. At a feasible point x∗x^*x∗ the indices of the complementarity pairs split into I0+I_{0+}I0+​ (Gi=0<HiG_i=0<H_iGi​=0<Hi​), I00I_{00}I00​ (Gi=Hi=0G_i=H_i=0Gi​=Hi​=0) and I+0I_{+0}I+0​ (Gi>0=HiG_i>0=H_iGi​>0=Hi​). The tightened program TNLP(x∗)(x^*)(x∗) replaces each pair by equalities on the components that vanish at x∗x^*x∗ and a sign constraint on the other. MPEC-MFCQ holds at x∗x^*x∗ if standard MFCQ holds for TNLP(x∗)(x^*)(x∗) at x∗x^*x∗.

Scholtes' relaxed program RS(t)R^S(t)RS(t), for t>0t>0t>0, keeps gi≤0g_i\le0gi​≤0, hj=0h_j=0hj​=0, Gi≥0G_i\ge0Gi​≥0, Hi≥0H_i\ge0Hi​≥0 and replaces GiHi=0G_iH_i=0Gi​Hi​=0 by Gi(x)Hi(x)≤tG_i(x)H_i(x)\le tGi​(x)Hi​(x)≤t. Its feasible set is XS(t)X^S(t)XS(t). Lean notation: the MPEC is MPEC n m p l, TNLP(x∗)(x^*)(x∗) is P.TNLP xs, RS(t)R^S(t)RS(t) is P.RS t, and MFCQ of an NLP Q at x is Q.IsMFCQ x.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

If x∗x^*x∗ is feasible for the MPEC and MPEC-MFCQ holds at x∗x^*x∗, there are a neighbourhood NNN of x∗x^*x∗ and tˉ>0\bar t>0tˉ>0 such that

standard MFCQ for RS(t) holds at every x∈N∩XS(t).\text{standard MFCQ for } R^S(t) \text{ holds at every } x\in N\cap X^S(t).standard MFCQ for RS(t) holds at every x∈N∩XS(t).

The neighbourhood is fixed before ttt and works for every t>0t>0t>0.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Remark 2.2. MFCQ at a feasible point of an NLP is equivalent to positive-linear independence of the active inequality gradients together with all equality gradients.
  2. MPEC-MFCQ at x∗x^*x∗, rewritten as positive-linear independence of {∇gi(x∗)}Ig\{\nabla g_i(x^*)\}_{I_g}{∇gi​(x∗)}Ig​​ (sign-constrained) together with {∇hi(x∗)}\{\nabla h_i(x^*)\}{∇hi​(x∗)}, {∇Gi(x∗)}I00∪I0+\{\nabla G_i(x^*)\}_{I_{00}\cup I_{0+}}{∇Gi​(x∗)}I00​∪I0+​​ and {∇Hi(x∗)}I00∪I+0\{\nabla H_i(x^*)\}_{I_{00}\cup I_{+0}}{∇Hi​(x∗)}I00​∪I+0​​ (free).
  3. Persistence: the same family, with gradients evaluated at xxx, stays positive-linearly independent for all x∈XS(t)x\in X^S(t)x∈XS(t) near x∗x^*x∗.
  4. (6): near x∗x^*x∗, the active sets of RS(t)R^S(t)RS(t) at xxx are contained in the corresponding index sets at x∗x^*x∗, and the product constraint is never active together with Gi≥0G_i\ge0Gi​≥0 or Hi≥0H_i\ge0Hi​≥0.
  5. (7): near x∗x^*x∗, the active-constraint gradients of RS(t)R^S(t)RS(t), regrouped by the index sets at x∗x^*x∗, form a positive-linearly independent family.

Significance

Theorem 3.2 says that the relaxed programs inherit a standard constraint qualification from the MPEC. Consequently every local minimizer of RS(t)R^S(t)RS(t) near x∗x^*x∗ is a KKT point, which is exactly the hypothesis of the convergence theorem for Scholtes' method (Theorem 3.1 of the paper: limits of KKT points of RS(tk)R^S(t_k)RS(tk​) are C-stationary under MPEC-MFCQ). Without it, the convergence theorem could be about sequences that do not exist. The result also replaces the MPEC-LICQ-based regularity results of earlier work by the weaker MPEC-MFCQ.

The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no part of this theory has been machine-checked. A formal development delivers a reusable layer for nonlinear programming in Lean: positive-linear dependence, MFCQ and its dual characterization, the tightened program of an MPEC and the MPEC constraint qualifications. Sibling missions of this series formalize Theorem 3.1 and the Kadrani–Dussault–Benchakroun relaxation (Theorem 3.5) on the same vocabulary.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is a continuity argument: MFCQ is an open condition, so it should persist near x∗x^*x∗. This fails as stated, because MFCQ for RS(t)R^S(t)RS(t) is not a perturbation of MFCQ for TNLP(x∗)(x^*)(x∗): the two programs have different constraints, and the active set of RS(t)R^S(t)RS(t) at xxx changes with xxx and ttt. Near a biactive index i∈I00i\in I_{00}i∈I00​, the product constraint GiHi≤tG_iH_i\le tGi​Hi​≤t can be active, and its gradient Gi∇Hi+Hi∇GiG_i\nabla H_i+H_i\nabla G_iGi​∇Hi​+Hi​∇Gi​ tends to zero as x→x∗x\to x^*x→x∗. So it cannot be treated as a small perturbation of any gradient in the TNLP family. In addition, the neighbourhood must be uniform in ttt, while the active product constraints depend on ttt. The step that needs care is the regrouping of the multiplier equation of RS(t)R^S(t)RS(t) into a combination of TNLP-type gradients, with every coefficient's sign accounted for. The separate step from MPEC-MFCQ to positive-linear independence needs a theorem of the alternative (Motzkin's transposition theorem), which is not in Mathlib in this form.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); ∇f(x)Td\nabla f(x)^Td∇f(x)Td is the inner product of gradient f x with d. Indices 1,…,m1,\dots,m1,…,m are Fin m (0-based), and m,p,l=0m,p,l=0m,p,l=0 are allowed.
  • The standing assumption of p. 1 (all data C1C^1C1) is the explicit hypothesis P.IsC1 on the goal and on milestones 3–5. Milestones 1–2 do not need it.
  • Families of gradients are indexed families, not sets: a repeated vector makes a family linearly dependent.
  • Definition 2.1's "not all of them being zero" is read as "not all of the αi\alpha_iαi​ and βj\beta_jβj​ are zero".
  • TNLP(x∗)(x^*)(x∗) uses subtype index types, so only the constraints the paper lists exist. Absent constraints are not padded with the zero function, which would be active with zero gradient and would destroy MFCQ.
  • "Standard MFCQ for RS(t)R^S(t)RS(t)" is the MFCQ of the NLP RS(t)R^S(t)RS(t) with its own active set, including the product constraint when Gi(x)Hi(x)=tG_i(x)H_i(x)=tGi​(x)Hi​(x)=t.
  • The paper introduces tˉ>0\bar t>0tˉ>0 and never uses it. The statement keeps tˉ\bar ttˉ and quantifies over every t>0t>0t>0, which is what the proof shows. The neighbourhood is a set in 𝓝 xs chosen before ttt.
  • In (7), the sixth vector is printed as Gi∇Hi+Gi∇HiG_i\nabla H_i+G_i\nabla H_iGi​∇Hi​+Gi​∇Hi​, a misprint for Gi∇Hi+Hi∇GiG_i\nabla H_i+H_i\nabla G_iGi​∇Hi​+Hi​∇Gi​. The sign constraint applies to the ∇gi\nabla g_i∇gi​ only, as in the preceding display; this is the reading the paper's last step requires.
  • Persistence (milestone 3) is stated, as printed, for x∈XS(t)x\in X^S(t)x∈XS(t) close to x∗x^*x∗, with one neighbourhood of x∗x^*x∗ serving every t>0t>0t>0.

The goal would be trivialized by a weakened MFCQ, for instance one that omits the linear independence of the equality gradients or requires the strict inequality only for some of the active constraints. Such a formalization is ruled out: IsMFCQ requires both conditions, over the full active set of RS(t)R^S(t)RS(t). The neighbourhood must be a genuine element of 𝓝 xs, so an empty NNN is excluded.

Welcome contributions: a proof of Remark 2.2, general lemmas on persistence of positive-linear independence under continuous perturbation, and the final assembly. These lemmas apply to nonlinear programming in general, not only to this mission.

Selected references

  • T. Hoheisel, C. Kanzow, A. Schwartz, Theoretical and numerical comparison of relaxation methods for mathematical programs with complementarity constraints, Preprint 299, Institute of Mathematics, University of Würzburg, 2010; Mathematical Programming 137 (2013) 257–288. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0488-5
  • S. Scholtes, Convergence properties of a regularization scheme for mathematical programs with complementarity constraints, SIAM Journal on Optimization 11 (2001) 918–936. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623499361233
  • L. Qi, Z. Wei, On the constant positive linear dependence condition and its application to SQP methods, SIAM Journal on Optimization 10 (2000) 963–981. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623497326629
  • Z.-Q. Luo, J.-S. Pang, D. Ralph, Mathematical Programs with Equilibrium Constraints, Cambridge University Press, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511983658
  • O. L. Mangasarian, S. Fromovitz, The Fritz John necessary optimality conditions in the presence of equality and inequality constraints, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications 17 (1967) 37–47. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247X(67)90163-1
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Probability·Captain: marwahaha

Subpolynomial query complexity for well-conditioned log-concave samplingOpen Problem

Motivation

Sampling costs can be measured by potential and gradient queries independently of the computation between them. This model isolates the information needed for a well-conditioned log-concave distribution. The source manuscript presents the surrounding research claim.

Setting

The admissible potentials V on ℝᵈ are C², satisfy V(0)=0 and ∇V(0)=0, and have Hessian between I and 2I. Their Gibbs law has density proportional to exp(−V). A measurable adaptive algorithm receives exact (V(x),∇V(x)) replies.

Formalization target

For the least query budget q(d) achieving total-variation error at most 1/10, prove

∀ε>0  ∃C,q(d)≤Cdε(d≥2),\forall\varepsilon>0\;\exists C,\quad q(d)\le Cd^\varepsilon\quad(d\ge2),∀ε>0∃C,q(d)≤Cdε(d≥2),

plus q(d)≥c log d eventually for some c>0, and optimal dimension exponent γ*=0.

The selected formal target is OAI.LogConcaveSampling.exact_source_main.

Significance and status

The target gives both a subpolynomial upper bound and a logarithmic lower bound. It leaves computation between queries unrestricted. The published target is currently Open; the manuscript's argument and a checked Lean proof are separate deliverables.

Difficulty

The sampler must work uniformly across every admissible potential and use a deterministic query budget on every execution. A dimension-dependent condition number or merely expected budget would change the problem.

Formalization scope

Algorithms have measurable query/output maps driven by private randomness and finite transcripts. Query complexity lies in ℕ∞, retaining infeasibility as infinity. Total variation is the specified supremum-style bound on measurable sets, and the upper/lower comparisons use ENNReal.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Subpolynomial query complexity for well-conditioned log-concave sampling, preprint, 2026. Pinned manuscript.
  • OpenAI, accompanying formal statements, commit adc7f1241b42. Goal source.
2 thms1 active userReviewed
Discrete GeometryTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: wurtle

Near-square-root logarithmic integrality gaps for uniform sparsest cutResearch Paper

Motivation

Sparsest cut asks for a partition of a weighted graph whose crossing capacity is small compared with the demand it separates. It is a basic graph-partitioning primitive (used for divide-and-conquer algorithms, clustering and expansion testing), and its relaxations are the main bridge between approximation algorithms and the geometry of finite metric spaces. In the uniform version every pair of vertices has demand one. The best known polynomial-time approximation, due to Arora, Rao and Vazirani, uses the Goemans–Linial semidefinite relaxation and achieves ratio O(log⁡n)O(\sqrt{\log n})O(logn​). How good this relaxation can be, i.e. its integrality gap on uniform instances, has been a long-standing question.

Timeline

  • 1995. Linial, London and Rabinovich develop the metric approach to cuts: ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ metrics are combinations of cut metrics, so embeddings into ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ round to cuts (doi:10.1007/BF01200757).
  • 1997 and 2002. Goemans and Linial propose the semidefinite relaxation with triangle inequalities and the conjecture that negative-type metrics embed into ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ with constant distortion (doi:10.1007/BF02614315).
  • 2003 and 2008. Rabinovich relates uniform sparsest cut to average distortion of embeddings into the line and into L1L_1L1​ (doi:10.1145/780542.780609, doi:10.1007/s00454-007-9047-5).
  • 2004/2009. Arora, Rao and Vazirani prove the O(log⁡n)O(\sqrt{\log n})O(logn​) upper bound for uniform demands (doi:10.1145/1502793.1502794).
  • 2005/2015. Khot and Vishnoi disprove the Goemans–Linial conjecture for general demands (doi:10.1145/2629614).
  • 2006. Devanur, Khot, Saket and Vishnoi give an Ω(log⁡log⁡n)\Omega(\log\log n)Ω(loglogn) uniform integrality gap (doi:10.1145/1132516.1132594). Lee and Naor propose the Heisenberg-group approach for general demands (doi:10.1109/FOCS.2006.47).
  • 2009–2011. Cheeger, Kleiner and Naor prove a (log⁡n)Ω(1)(\log n)^{\Omega(1)}(logn)Ω(1) general-demand gap (arXiv:0910.2024) and note that their examples cannot give a diverging uniform gap.
  • 2013. Kane and Meka improve the uniform gap to exp⁡(Ω(log⁡log⁡n))\exp(\Omega(\sqrt{\log\log n}))exp(Ω(loglogn​)) (doi:10.1145/2488608.2488610).
  • 2018 and 2025. Naor and Young obtain the sharp general-demand lower bound Ω(log⁡n)\Omega(\sqrt{\log n})Ω(logn​) (doi:10.4007/annals.2018.188.1.4); Chang, Naor and Ren prove the matching upper bound (doi:10.1145/3717823.3718285).

For uniform demands the gap between the lower bound exp⁡(Ω(log⁡log⁡n))\exp(\Omega(\sqrt{\log\log n}))exp(Ω(loglogn​)) and the upper bound O(log⁡n)O(\sqrt{\log n})O(logn​) remained. The source of this mission, an OpenAI preprint dated September 24, 2026, claims a lower bound matching the upper bound up to a power of log⁡log⁡n\log\log nloglogn.

Setting

Let C=(cij)C=(c_{ij})C=(cij​) be symmetric nonnegative capacities on pairs of distinct vertices of [n][n][n]. The uniform sparsest-cut value is

OPT(C)=min⁡∅≠B⊊[n]∑i∈B, j∉Bcij∣B∣ (n−∣B∣).\mathrm{OPT}(C)=\min_{\varnothing\ne B\subsetneq[n]}\frac{\sum_{i\in B,\,j\notin B}c_{ij}}{|B|\,(n-|B|)}.OPT(C)=∅=B⊊[n]min​∣B∣(n−∣B∣)∑i∈B,j∈/B​cij​​.

A negative-type semimetric is d(i,j)=∥xi−xj∥2d(i,j)=\|x_i-x_j\|^2d(i,j)=∥xi​−xj​∥2 for vectors xix_ixi​ in a real Hilbert space, satisfying all triangle inequalities d(i,k)≤d(i,j)+d(j,k)d(i,k)\le d(i,j)+d(j,k)d(i,k)≤d(i,j)+d(j,k); distinct points may have distance zero. The Goemans–Linial value is

GL(C)=min⁡{∑i<jcij d(i,j) : ∑i<jd(i,j)=1, d negative type}.\mathrm{GL}(C)=\min\Bigl\{\sum_{i<j}c_{ij}\,d(i,j)\ :\ \sum_{i<j}d(i,j)=1,\ d\ \text{negative type}\Bigr\}.GL(C)=min{i<j∑​cij​d(i,j) : i<j∑​d(i,j)=1, d negative type}.

Normalized cut metrics are feasible, so GL(C)≤OPT(C)\mathrm{GL}(C)\le\mathrm{OPT}(C)GL(C)≤OPT(C). The integrality gap of CCC is OPT(C)/GL(C)\mathrm{OPT}(C)/\mathrm{GL}(C)OPT(C)/GL(C).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1

There are an absolute c>0c>0c>0 and instances C(j)C^{(j)}C(j) on nj→∞n_j\to\inftynj​→∞ vertices with GL(C(j))>0\mathrm{GL}(C^{(j)})>0GL(C(j))>0 such that, for all large jjj,

OPT(C(j))GL(C(j)) ≥ c log⁡nj(log⁡log⁡nj)3.\frac{\mathrm{OPT}(C^{(j)})}{\mathrm{GL}(C^{(j)})}\ \ge\ c\,\frac{\sqrt{\log n_j}}{(\log\log n_j)^3}.GL(C(j))OPT(C(j))​ ≥ c(loglognj​)3lognj​​​.

The Lean statement OAI.UniformSparsestCut.mainGap is open on the platform.

Significance

The bound reaches the exponent 1/21/21/2 in log⁡n\log nlogn, so the Arora–Rao–Vazirani analysis of the Goemans–Linial SDP is tight for uniform demands up to the factor (log⁡log⁡n)3(\log\log n)^3(loglogn)3. It strengthens the Devanur–Khot–Saket–Vishnoi and Kane–Meka refutations of the uniform constant-gap conjecture. Geometrically, it gives a finite negative-type metric for which every 111-Lipschitz map into ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ preserves only a (log⁡log⁡n)3/log⁡n(\log\log n)^3/\sqrt{\log n}(loglogn)3/logn​ fraction of the average distance. The theorem concerns the basic Goemans–Linial SDP only, not strengthened hierarchies.

The result is claimed in an OpenAI preprint; it has not been peer reviewed and no machine-checked proof exists.

Difficulty

The sharp general-demand lower bounds (Heisenberg group, Naor–Young) control worst-pair distortion, and Cheeger–Kleiner–Naor note that those examples have constant average distortion into a line, so they cannot give a diverging uniform gap. A uniform-demand example must force every ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ contraction to lose most of the average distance over all pairs, not merely on a few pairs. At the same time the constructed distance must remain of negative type and satisfy all triangle inequalities exactly, and the passage from a probability measure on points to an exactly uniform demand with positive SDP value must be carried out without losing the bound.

Formalization scope

  • Capacity n stores cap : Fin n → Fin n → ℝ, nonnegative, symmetric, zero on the diagonal.
  • cutRatio C B is the crossing capacity of BBB divided by ∣B∣(n−∣B∣)|B|(n-|B|)∣B∣(n−∣B∣); OPT C is the sInf over nonempty proper Finsets BBB.
  • NegativeType d requires points x : Fin n → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with d=∥xi−xj∥2d=\|x_i-x_j\|^2d=∥xi​−xj​∥2 and all triangle inequalities; Feasible d adds ∑i<jd(i,j)=1\sum_{i<j}d(i,j)=1∑i<j​d(i,j)=1; glValue C is the sInf of ∑i<jcijd(i,j)\sum_{i<j}c_{ij}d(i,j)∑i<j​cij​d(i,j) over feasible ddd.
  • The goal asks for a sequence nj≥2n_j\ge2nj​≥2, nj→∞n_j\to\inftynj​→∞, with GL>0\mathrm{GL}>0GL>0 for every jjj (ruling out a gap that is trivial because of division by zero) and the bound eventually.

A complete development needs cut-cone duality, a Hilbert-space kernel construction with rounded charts, Gaussian direction families, and contraction estimates for maps into ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​. Cut-cone duality and the reduction to exactly uniform demands are reusable. Contributions formalizing Lemma 6.1 (cut-cone duality) or the weak duality GL≤OPT\mathrm{GL}\le\mathrm{OPT}GL≤OPT are welcome first steps.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Near-square-root logarithmic integrality gaps for uniform sparsest cut, preprint, September 24, 2026. https://github.com/openai/math/blob/adc7f1241b42e322a6451854ab7e4b4c146bf78a/preprints/Near-square-root-logarithmic-integrality-gaps-for-uniform-sparsest-cut-September-24-2026/Near-square-root-logarithmic-integrality-gaps-for-uniform-sparsest-cut-September-24-2026.pdf
  • S. Arora, S. Rao, U. Vazirani, Expander flows, geometric embeddings and graph partitioning, J. ACM, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1145/1502793.1502794
  • N. R. Devanur, S. A. Khot, R. Saket, N. K. Vishnoi, Integrality gaps for sparsest cut and minimum linear arrangement problems, STOC 2006. https://doi.org/10.1145/1132516.1132594
  • D. M. Kane, R. Meka, A PRG for Lipschitz functions of polynomials with applications to sparsest cut, STOC 2013. https://doi.org/10.1145/2488608.2488610
  • S. A. Khot, N. K. Vishnoi, The Unique Games Conjecture, integrality gap for cut problems and embeddability of negative type metrics into ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​, J. ACM, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1145/2629614
  • N. Linial, E. London, Y. Rabinovich, The geometry of graphs and some of its algorithmic applications, Combinatorica, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01200757
  • Y. Rabinovich, On average distortion of embedding metrics into the line, Discrete Comput. Geom., 2008. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00454-007-9047-5
  • J. Cheeger, B. Kleiner, A. Naor, A (log⁡n)Ω(1)(\log n)^{\Omega(1)}(logn)Ω(1) integrality gap for the Sparsest Cut SDP, FOCS 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0910.2024
  • A. Naor, R. Young, Vertical perimeter versus horizontal perimeter, Ann. of Math., 2018. https://doi.org/10.4007/annals.2018.188.1.4
2 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Theoretical and Numerical Comparison of Relaxation Methods for Mathematical Programs with Complementarity Constraints 1: Scholtes Relaxation Limits Are C-Stationary under MPEC-MFCQResearch Paper

Motivation

A mathematical program with complementarity constraints (MPCC, also called MPEC, mathematical program with equilibrium constraints) is a nonlinear optimization problem in which some pairs of constraint functions must be nonnegative with at least one of each pair equal to zero. Such constraints model equilibria inside an optimization problem: bilevel programs whose lower level is replaced by its optimality conditions, Stackelberg games, traffic and electricity market equilibria, contact problems in mechanics. See Luo, Pang and Ralph, Mathematical Programs with Equilibrium Constraints (Cambridge University Press, 1996), doi:10.1017/CBO9780511983658.

The complementarity constraints make the standard theory fail. At every feasible point the Mangasarian–Fromovitz constraint qualification is violated, so the Karush–Kuhn–Tucker conditions are not necessary for optimality, and standard NLP solvers lose their convergence guarantees. A common remedy is relaxation: replace the MPEC by a family of ordinary nonlinear programs depending on a parameter t>0t>0t>0, solve them for t↓0t\downarrow0t↓0, and study the limits of their stationary points.

The first relaxation scheme, and the reference point for all later ones, is due to Scholtes (Convergence properties of a regularization scheme for mathematical programs with complementarity constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 11 (2001), doi:10.1137/S1052623499361233). Scholtes showed that limits of stationary points of the relaxed programs are C-stationary when MPEC-LICQ holds at the limit. Hoheisel, Kanzow and Schwartz (Preprint 299, University of Würzburg, 2010; later Math. Program. 137 (2013), doi:10.1007/s10107-011-0488-5) compare five relaxation schemes and weaken the constraint qualification in each convergence theorem. For Scholtes' scheme, their Theorem 3.1 replaces MPEC-LICQ by the weaker MPEC-MFCQ. This mission formalizes that theorem.

Setting

The MPEC (1) is

min⁡f(x)  s.t.  gi(x)≤0 (i≤m),  hi(x)=0 (i≤p),  Gi(x)≥0,  Hi(x)≥0,  Gi(x)Hi(x)=0 (i≤l),\min f(x)\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ g_i(x)\le0\ (i\le m),\ \ h_i(x)=0\ (i\le p),\ \ G_i(x)\ge0,\ \ H_i(x)\ge0,\ \ G_i(x)H_i(x)=0\ (i\le l),minf(x)  s.t.  gi​(x)≤0 (i≤m),  hi​(x)=0 (i≤p),  Gi​(x)≥0,  Hi​(x)≥0,  Gi​(x)Hi​(x)=0 (i≤l),

with continuously differentiable f,gi,hi,Gi,Hi:Rn→Rf,g_i,h_i,G_i,H_i:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf,gi​,hi​,Gi​,Hi​:Rn→R and feasible set XXX. For a point x∗x^*x∗ the paper uses the index sets Ig={i∣gi(x∗)=0}I_g=\{i\mid g_i(x^*)=0\}Ig​={i∣gi​(x∗)=0}, I0+={i∣Gi(x∗)=0<Hi(x∗)}I_{0+}=\{i\mid G_i(x^*)=0<H_i(x^*)\}I0+​={i∣Gi​(x∗)=0<Hi​(x∗)}, I00={i∣Gi(x∗)=Hi(x∗)=0}I_{00}=\{i\mid G_i(x^*)=H_i(x^*)=0\}I00​={i∣Gi​(x∗)=Hi​(x∗)=0} and I+0={i∣Gi(x∗)>0=Hi(x∗)}I_{+0}=\{i\mid G_i(x^*)>0=H_i(x^*)\}I+0​={i∣Gi​(x∗)>0=Hi​(x∗)}.

A standard nonlinear program has constraints gi≤0g_i\le0gi​≤0, hj=0h_j=0hj​=0. Its point xxx satisfies the Mangasarian–Fromovitz constraint qualification (MFCQ) if the gradients ∇hj(x)\nabla h_j(x)∇hj​(x) are linearly independent and some direction ddd has ∇gi(x)Td<0\nabla g_i(x)^Td<0∇gi​(x)Td<0 for all active iii and ∇hj(x)Td=0\nabla h_j(x)^Td=0∇hj​(x)Td=0 for all jjj. A stationary point is the xxx-part of a KKT point: xxx is feasible and there are λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, μ\muμ with λigi(x)=0\lambda_ig_i(x)=0λi​gi​(x)=0 and ∇f(x)+∑λi∇gi(x)+∑μj∇hj(x)=0\nabla f(x)+\sum\lambda_i\nabla g_i(x)+\sum\mu_j\nabla h_j(x)=0∇f(x)+∑λi​∇gi​(x)+∑μj​∇hj​(x)=0.

The tightened program TNLP(x∗)(x^*)(x∗) keeps gi≤0g_i\le0gi​≤0, hi=0h_i=0hi​=0 and imposes Gi=0, Hi≥0G_i=0,\ H_i\ge0Gi​=0, Hi​≥0 on I0+I_{0+}I0+​, Gi≥0, Hi=0G_i\ge0,\ H_i=0Gi​≥0, Hi​=0 on I+0I_{+0}I+0​, and Gi=Hi=0G_i=H_i=0Gi​=Hi​=0 on I00I_{00}I00​. MPEC-MFCQ holds at x∗x^*x∗ if MFCQ holds at x∗x^*x∗ for TNLP(x∗)(x^*)(x∗).

A feasible x∗x^*x∗ is weakly stationary if there are multipliers λ∈Rm\lambda\in\mathbb R^mλ∈Rm, μ∈Rp\mu\in\mathbb R^pμ∈Rp, γ,ν∈Rl\gamma,\nu\in\mathbb R^lγ,ν∈Rl with

∇f(x∗)+∑i=1mλi∇gi(x∗)+∑i=1pμi∇hi(x∗)−∑i=1lγi∇Gi(x∗)−∑i=1lνi∇Hi(x∗)=0,\nabla f(x^*)+\sum_{i=1}^m\lambda_i\nabla g_i(x^*)+\sum_{i=1}^p\mu_i\nabla h_i(x^*)-\sum_{i=1}^l\gamma_i\nabla G_i(x^*)-\sum_{i=1}^l\nu_i\nabla H_i(x^*)=0,∇f(x∗)+i=1∑m​λi​∇gi​(x∗)+i=1∑p​μi​∇hi​(x∗)−i=1∑l​γi​∇Gi​(x∗)−i=1∑l​νi​∇Hi​(x∗)=0,

λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, λigi(x∗)=0\lambda_ig_i(x^*)=0λi​gi​(x∗)=0, γi=0\gamma_i=0γi​=0 on I+0I_{+0}I+0​ and νi=0\nu_i=0νi​=0 on I0+I_{0+}I0+​. It is C-stationary if such multipliers can be chosen with, in addition, γiνi≥0\gamma_i\nu_i\ge0γi​νi​≥0 for all i∈I00i\in I_{00}i∈I00​.

Scholtes' relaxed program RS(t)R^S(t)RS(t) replaces Gi(x)Hi(x)=0G_i(x)H_i(x)=0Gi​(x)Hi​(x)=0 by Gi(x)Hi(x)≤tG_i(x)H_i(x)\le tGi​(x)Hi​(x)≤t and keeps all other constraints of (1). The notation {tk}↓0\{t_k\}\downarrow0{tk​}↓0 means a sequence of positive parameters decreasing to 000.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

Let {tk}↓0\{t_k\}\downarrow0{tk​}↓0, let xkx^kxk be a stationary point of RS(tk)R^S(t_k)RS(tk​), and let xk→x∗x^k\to x^*xk→x∗ with MPEC-MFCQ at x∗x^*x∗. Then

x∗ is a C-stationary point of the MPEC (1).x^*\ \text{is a C-stationary point of the MPEC (1).}x∗ is a C-stationary point of the MPEC (1).

No feasibility of x∗x^*x∗ is assumed; it is part of the conclusion.

Milestones

  1. Remark 2.2: for a feasible point of a standard NLP, MFCQ holds if and only if the active inequality gradients together with all equality gradients are positive-linearly independent.
  2. §2.2, pp. 6–7: MPEC-MFCQ written out explicitly, i.e. linear independence of ∇hi\nabla h_i∇hi​, ∇Gi\nabla G_i∇Gi​ (I00∪I0+I_{00}\cup I_{0+}I00​∪I0+​) and ∇Hi\nabla H_i∇Hi​ (I00∪I+0I_{00}\cup I_{+0}I00​∪I+0​), plus a direction ddd.
  3. Proof of Theorem 3.2, p. 11: MPEC-MFCQ implies positive-linear independence of {∇gi(x∗)}Ig∪{{∇hi}∪{∇Gi}I00∪I0+∪{∇Hi}I00∪I+0}\{\nabla g_i(x^*)\}_{I_g}\cup\{\{\nabla h_i\}\cup\{\nabla G_i\}_{I_{00}\cup I_{0+}}\cup\{\nabla H_i\}_{I_{00}\cup I_{+0}}\}{∇gi​(x∗)}Ig​​∪{{∇hi​}∪{∇Gi​}I00​∪I0+​​∪{∇Hi​}I00​∪I+0​​}.
  4. Proof of Theorem 3.1, p. 9: for large kkk, Ig(xk)⊆IgI_g(x^k)\subseteq I_gIg​(xk)⊆Ig​, IG(xk)⊆I00∪I0+I_G(x^k)\subseteq I_{00}\cup I_{0+}IG​(xk)⊆I00​∪I0+​, IH(xk)⊆I00∪I+0I_H(x^k)\subseteq I_{00}\cup I_{+0}IH​(xk)⊆I00​∪I+0​.
  5. Proof of Theorem 3.1, pp. 10–11: under the goal's hypotheses, x∗x^*x∗ is weakly stationary.

Significance

Theorem 3.1 says that Scholtes' scheme, run to the limit, produces C-stationary points under a constraint qualification strictly weaker than the one in Scholtes' original result. MPEC-MFCQ is the natural assumption here: under it the KKT multipliers of the relaxed programs need not converge, and the theorem shows that a convergent subsequence of suitably modified multipliers still exists. The result is the first of a family of convergence theorems in the paper (the schemes of Lin–Fukushima, Kadrani–Dussault–Benchakroun and Steffensen–Ulbrich follow the same pattern) and the baseline against which those schemes are compared.

The theorem is proved in the paper; it is not open. To the extent a search of the Prove2Me catalog shows, no MPEC stationarity concept, MPEC constraint qualification or relaxation result has been formalized there, and Mathlib has no theory of constraint qualifications for nonlinear programs. The mission produces a machine-checked proof of Theorem 3.1 and, along the way, reusable statements of Definition 2.1, MFCQ, KKT points and the MFCQ/positive-linear-independence equivalence for general nonlinear programs.

Difficulty

The obvious argument takes a limit of the KKT multipliers of RS(tk)R^S(t_k)RS(tk​). That fails twice. First, under MPEC-MFCQ the multiplier sequence need not be bounded, so there may be nothing to take a limit of; boundedness has to be recovered from MPEC-MFCQ through positive-linear independence, a theorem of the alternative. Second, the multiplier δk\delta^kδk of the product constraint GiHi≤tkG_iH_i\le t_kGi​Hi​≤tk​ multiplies Hi∇Gi+Gi∇HiH_i\nabla G_i+G_i\nabla H_iHi​∇Gi​+Gi​∇Hi​, which is not a multiplier of ∇Gi\nabla G_i∇Gi​ or ∇Hi\nabla H_i∇Hi​ alone; how it is redistributed depends on whether iii lies in I0+I_{0+}I0+​, I+0I_{+0}I+0​ or I00I_{00}I00​, and the sign condition on I00I_{00}I00​ comes from the support disjointness between δk\delta^kδk and the multipliers of Gi≥0G_i\ge0Gi​≥0, Hi≥0H_i\ge0Hi​≥0, which uses tk>0t_k>0tk​>0. Compactness, index-set bookkeeping along a subsequence and continuity of all gradients have to be combined.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), gradients are Mathlib's gradient, and ∇g(x)Td\nabla g(x)^Td∇g(x)Td is the inner product. Constraint indices are Fin m, Fin p, Fin l (0-based); m,p,lm,p,lm,p,l may be 000.
  • The paper's standing assumption that all data are continuously differentiable (p. 1) is the explicit hypothesis P.IsC1 (ContDiff ℝ 1 for each function) of the goal and of milestones 4 and 5. Milestones 1–3 are pointwise linear algebra and assume no smoothness.
  • "Stationary point of RS(tk)R^S(t_k)RS(tk​)" is a KKT point of RS(tk)R^S(t_k)RS(tk​) viewed as a standard NLP with inequality constraints gi≤0g_i\le0gi​≤0, −Gi≤0-G_i\le0−Gi​≤0, −Hi≤0-H_i\le0−Hi​≤0, GiHi−t≤0G_iH_i-t\le0Gi​Hi​−t≤0: feasibility, nonnegative multipliers and complementary slackness are included (p. 5).
  • "{tk}↓0\{t_k\}\downarrow0{tk​}↓0" is tk>0t_k>0tk​>0 for all kkk, (tk)(t_k)(tk​) nonincreasing, and tk→0t_k\to0tk​→0.
  • Families of gradients are indexed families (repeated vectors count as dependent); in MPEC-MFCQ an index of I00I_{00}I00​ contributes both ∇Gi\nabla G_i∇Gi​ and ∇Hi\nabla H_i∇Hi​. TNLP(x∗)(x^*)(x∗) has constraints indexed by subtypes of the index sets; absent constraints are not padded by zero functions, which would make MPEC-MFCQ fail everywhere.
  • Definition 2.3(a) is printed with two misprints ("μihi(x∗)\mu_ih_i(x^*)μi​hi​(x∗)", "i=1,…,li=1,\dots,li=1,…,l" for the complementarity of λ\lambdaλ); the formalization uses μi∇hi(x∗)\mu_i\nabla h_i(x^*)μi​∇hi​(x∗) and i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m. C-stationarity requires feasibility and one multiplier tuple satisfying both the weak-stationarity conditions and the sign condition on I00I_{00}I00​.
  • A "stationary point" that is merely a feasible point or a critical point of fff, or a C-stationarity whose sign condition refers to multipliers other than those of the weak-stationarity equation, would make the goal false or empty; neither reading is used. The hypotheses of the goal are jointly satisfiable (checked on the paper's Example 3.6 instance).
  • Infrastructure needed: theorems of the alternative (Motzkin/Farkas) for finite families in Rn\mathbb R^nRn, compactness of normalised multiplier sequences, continuity of gradients of C1C^1C1 maps. The NLP layer (positive-linear dependence, MFCQ, KKT points, Remark 2.2) is reusable for any constraint-qualification development. Contributions of proofs of the milestones, of general NLP lemmas, and of the goal are welcome.

Selected references

  • T. Hoheisel, C. Kanzow, A. Schwartz, Theoretical and numerical comparison of relaxation methods for mathematical programs with complementarity constraints, Preprint 299, Institute of Mathematics, University of Würzburg, September 2010; published in Math. Program. 137 (2013) 257–288. doi:10.1007/s10107-011-0488-5
  • S. Scholtes, Convergence properties of a regularization scheme for mathematical programs with complementarity constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 11 (2001) 918–936. doi:10.1137/S1052623499361233
  • Z.-Q. Luo, J.-S. Pang, D. Ralph, Mathematical Programs with Equilibrium Constraints, Cambridge University Press, 1996. doi:10.1017/CBO9780511983658
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Dynamic Programming 3: The Worst-Case Expectation over a Chi-Square Ball Equals a Mean–Standard-Deviation DualResearch Paper

Motivation

Robust dynamic programming replaces the single transition law of a Markov decision process by a set of laws, and values a policy by its worst-case expected reward over that set. Iyengar (Robust dynamic programming, CORC Tech Report TR-2002-07, 2004; Math. Oper. Res. 30(2), 2005) and Nilim and El Ghaoui (Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Oper. Res. 53(5), 2005) showed that under a rectangularity assumption the robust value satisfies a robust Bellman equation. Each step of that equation solves, for every state–action pair, an inner problem

inf⁡p∈P Ep[v],\inf_{p\in\mathcal P}\ \mathbf E^p[v],p∈Pinf​ Ep[v],

the worst-case expectation of a value vector vvv over the ambiguity set P\mathcal PP. Robust value iteration is only as practical as this inner problem is cheap.

The ambiguity sets of interest come from statistics: when transition probabilities are estimated from data, natural sets are confidence regions around the empirical distribution. Section 4 of Iyengar's report studies three such families: relative-entropy balls (Lemma 4), a χ² approximation of them (Lemma 5), and an L1L_1L1​ outer approximation (Lemma 6). This mission formalizes the χ² case. The relative-entropy case is already posed on the platform as RobustMDP.EntropyInner.kl_ball_inner_problem_dual (Nilim–El Ghaoui series), up to the sign change v→−vv\to -vv→−v.

Setting

Let S\mathcal SS be a finite set of states and let M(S)={p:S→R: p≥0, ∑sp(s)=1}\mathcal M(\mathcal S)=\{p:\mathcal S\to\mathbb R:\ p\ge 0,\ \sum_s p(s)=1\}M(S)={p:S→R: p≥0, ∑s​p(s)=1} be the probability measures on S\mathcal SS. For p∈M(S)p\in\mathcal M(\mathcal S)p∈M(S) and x:S→Rx:\mathcal S\to\mathbb Rx:S→R write

Ep[x]=∑sp(s)x(s),Varq[x]=∑sq(s)(x(s)−Eq[x])2.\mathbf E^p[x]=\sum_{s}p(s)x(s),\qquad \mathbf{Var}^q[x]=\sum_s q(s)\big(x(s)-\mathbf E^q[x]\big)^2 .Ep[x]=s∑​p(s)x(s),Varq[x]=s∑​q(s)(x(s)−Eq[x])2.

Fix a centre q∈M(S)q\in\mathcal M(\mathcal S)q∈M(S) with q(s)>0q(s)>0q(s)>0 for every sss (in the paper qqq is the empirical next-state distribution of one state–action pair) and a radius t≥0t\ge 0t≥0. The χ² set (46) is

P={p∈M(S): ∑s∈S(p(s)−q(s))2q(s)≤t}.\mathcal P=\Big\{p\in\mathcal M(\mathcal S):\ \sum_{s\in\mathcal S}\frac{(p(s)-q(s))^2}{q(s)}\le t\Big\}.P={p∈M(S): s∈S∑​q(s)(p(s)−q(s))2​≤t}.

Since log⁡(1+x)≤x\log(1+x)\le xlog(1+x)≤x, the relative entropy D(p∥q)=∑sp(s)log⁡(p(s)/q(s))D(p\|q)=\sum_s p(s)\log(p(s)/q(s))D(p∥q)=∑s​p(s)log(p(s)/q(s)) is at most the χ² distance, so P\mathcal PP lies inside the relative-entropy ball of radius ttt: it is a conservative approximation of it. The Lean development names these objects expect, variance, chiSqDist, chiSqSet, relEntropy and the dual objective dualObj q t v μ =Eq[v−μ]−t Varq[v−μ]=\mathbf E^q[v-\mu]-\sqrt{t\,\mathbf{Var}^q[v-\mu]}=Eq[v−μ]−tVarq[v−μ]​, all in the namespace RobustDP.ChiSquare.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 5 (p. 18)

For every value vector v:S→Rv:\mathcal S\to\mathbb Rv:S→R,

min⁡p∈P Ep[v]  =  max⁡μ≥0{Eq[v−μ]−t Varq[v−μ]},\min_{p\in\mathcal P}\ \mathbf E^p[v]\;=\;\max_{\mu\ge 0}\Big\{\mathbf E^q[v-\mu]-\sqrt{t\,\mathbf{Var}^q[v-\mu]}\Big\},p∈Pmin​ Ep[v]=μ≥0max​{Eq[v−μ]−tVarq[v−μ]​},

where μ\muμ ranges over vectors μ:S→R\mu:\mathcal S\to\mathbb Rμ:S→R with μ≥0\mu\ge 0μ≥0 componentwise. Both extrema are attained. The lemma's complexity claim, O(∣S∣log⁡∣S∣)\mathcal O(|\mathcal S|\log|\mathcal S|)O(∣S∣log∣S∣) for (48), is a statement about an algorithm and is not part of the mission.

Milestones (the steps of the paper's proof)

  1. (49) With y=p−qy=p-qy=p−q, the value of the primal problem is Eq[v]\mathbf E^q[v]Eq[v] plus the minimum of ∑sy(s)v(s)\sum_s y(s)v(s)∑s​y(s)v(s) over ∑sy(s)2/q(s)≤t\sum_s y(s)^2/q(s)\le t∑s​y(s)2/q(s)≤t, ∑sy(s)=0\sum_s y(s)=0∑s​y(s)=0, y≥−qy\ge -qy≥−q.
  2. (50) For fixed multipliers μ\muμ and γ∈R\gamma\in\mathbb Rγ∈R, the minimum of the Lagrangian over the ellipsoid {y:∑sy(s)2/q(s)≤t}\{y:\sum_s y(s)^2/q(s)\le t\}{y:∑s​y(s)2/q(s)≤t} is Eq[v−μ]−t∑sq(s)(v(s)−μ(s)−γ)2\mathbf E^q[v-\mu]-\sqrt{t\sum_s q(s)(v(s)-\mu(s)-\gamma)^2}Eq[v−μ]−t∑s​q(s)(v(s)−μ(s)−γ)2​, attained at an explicit y∗y^*y∗.
  3. (51) Maximizing over γ\gammaγ replaces the sum of squares by Varq[v−μ]\mathbf{Var}^q[v-\mu]Varq[v−μ], attained at γ=Eq[v−μ]\gamma=\mathbf E^q[v-\mu]γ=Eq[v−μ].
  4. (52)–(53) Some optimal multiplier has the form μ∗(s)=(v(s)−α)+\mu^*(s)=(v(s)-\alpha)^+μ∗(s)=(v(s)−α)+ with α≥min⁡sv(s)\alpha\ge\min_s v(s)α≥mins​v(s), so the dual is a one-dimensional problem.

Two further results stand on the same definitions: the inequality D(p∥q)≤∑s(p(s)−q(s))2/q(s)D(p\|q)\le\sum_s(p(s)-q(s))^2/q(s)D(p∥q)≤∑s​(p(s)−q(s))2/q(s) of Section 4.2, and the L1L_1L1​ analogue of Lemma 5 established in the proof of Lemma 6 (p. 20):

min⁡p∈M(S)∥p−q∥1≤cEp[v]=max⁡μ≥0{Eq[v−μ]−12c(max⁡s(v−μ)(s)−min⁡s(v−μ)(s))},c=2ln⁡(2) t.\min_{\substack{p\in\mathcal M(\mathcal S)\\ \|p-q\|_1\le c}}\mathbf E^p[v]=\max_{\mu\ge0}\Big\{\mathbf E^q[v-\mu]-\tfrac12 c\big(\max_s(v-\mu)(s)-\min_s(v-\mu)(s)\big)\Big\},\qquad c=\sqrt{2\ln(2)\,t}.p∈M(S)∥p−q∥1​≤c​min​Ep[v]=μ≥0max​{Eq[v−μ]−21​c(smax​(v−μ)(s)−smin​(v−μ)(s))},c=2ln(2)t​.

Significance

The result. Lemma 5 reduces a worst-case expectation over a curved convex set of probability vectors to a concave problem in one scalar, which the paper solves by sorting. This makes robust value iteration with χ² ambiguity sets about as expensive as nominal value iteration, up to a logarithmic factor. The identity also explains the shape of the answer: a mean minus a standard-deviation penalty, applied to a value vector truncated from above at the level α\alphaα. The truncation comes from the constraint p≥0p\ge 0p≥0.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof is known. A complete formalization gives a verified finite-dimensional duality theorem for a quadratic constraint combined with polyhedral constraints, which is the computational core of χ²-ambiguity robust MDPs and of χ²-divergence distributionally robust optimization in general. Lemma 6's printed formula (57) is false (see below); the mission poses the corrected identity that the paper's proof establishes.

Difficulty

The obvious argument drops the constraint p≥0p\ge 0p≥0. Without it, the minimum of the linear function Ep[v]\mathbf E^p[v]Ep[v] over the ellipsoid {∑sp(s)=1, χ2(p,q)≤t}\{\sum_s p(s)=1,\ \chi^2(p,q)\le t\}{∑s​p(s)=1, χ2(p,q)≤t} follows from Cauchy–Schwarz and equals Eq[v]−t Varq[v]\mathbf E^q[v]-\sqrt{t\,\mathbf{Var}^q[v]}Eq[v]−tVarq[v]​. The page notes (p. 19) that earlier work solved only this relaxed problem. With p≥0p\ge 0p≥0 the minimizer of the relaxation can leave the simplex, so the problem has an ellipsoidal constraint, a polyhedral constraint and an equality at once. The multiplier μ\muμ of p≥0p\ge 0p≥0 is what Lemma 5 has to handle. Equality of the primal minimum with the dual supremum needs a duality theorem that is not in Mathlib in this form. Attainment of the dual maximum over the unbounded cone μ≥0\mu\ge 0μ≥0 needs an additional argument, namely that an optimal multiplier has the truncation form (53).

Formalization scope

  • S\mathcal SS is a Fintype; vectors are functions S → ℝ; M(S)\mathcal M(\mathcal S)M(S) is Mathlib's stdSimplex ℝ S. Nonemptiness of S\mathcal SS follows from ∑sq(s)=1\sum_s q(s)=1∑s​q(s)=1. Finiteness is the standing restriction of Section 4 (p. 15).
  • q(s)>0q(s)>0q(s)>0 for every sss is a hypothesis of every χ² statement. The page divides by q(s)q(s)q(s); in Lean x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 would silently drop a coordinate from the constraint.
  • t≥0t\ge 0t≥0 is assumed. The page puts no sign condition on ttt. At t=0t=0t=0 the set is {q}\{q\}{q} and both sides equal Eq[v]\mathbf E^q[v]Eq[v].
  • Minimum and maximum are IsLeast and IsGreatest of image sets, so the goal asserts attainment on both sides, as the page's "minimize" and "max" do.
  • μ≥0\mu\ge 0μ≥0 is a vector inequality (0 ≤ μ). The multiplier γ\gammaγ of the equality ∑sy(s)=0\sum_s y(s)=0∑s​y(s)=0 ranges over R\mathbb RR. The page's "γ≥0\gamma\ge 0γ≥0" in (50) is a misprint: the proof of Lemma 6 writes γ∈R\gamma\in\mathbb Rγ∈R, and the optimal γ=Eq[v−μ]\gamma=\mathbf E^q[v-\mu]γ=Eq[v−μ] may be negative.
  • The relative entropy uses the natural logarithm, as in (35), with 0log⁡0=00\log 0=00log0=0.
  • Lemma 6 is posed only as established in its proof. The printed (57) is false: taking μ=v−min⁡sv(s)\mu=v-\min_s v(s)μ=v−mins​v(s) makes the bracket vanish, so (57) always equals Eq[v]\mathbf E^q[v]Eq[v]. For q=(12,12)q=(\frac12,\frac12)q=(21​,21​), v=(0,1)v=(0,1)v=(0,1) and c=12c=\frac12c=21​ the true minimum is 14\frac1441​. The set (55) is also restricted to p∈M(S)p\in\mathcal M(\mathcal S)p∈M(S), which its proof uses.
  • Ruled out: a formalization of Lemma 5 whose feasible set omits p≥0p\ge 0p≥0 (or that takes μ=0\mu=0μ=0) states the easier relaxed identity above and is not this mission's goal. Likewise a χ² set whose centre may vanish, or a dual written as ⨆ over an unbounded set, would make the statement junk.
  • All complexity claims (Lemmas 5 and 6, the sorting argument, (54)) are excluded. So are the Pinsker step of Section 4.3, whose constant 1/(2ln⁡2)1/(2\ln 2)1/(2ln2) is wrong for the natural logarithm, and the asymptotic confidence statements (33)–(39).
  • Reusable infrastructure: Lagrangian duality for a linear objective over an ellipsoid intersected with a polyhedron, and Cauchy–Schwarz minimization of a linear function over a weighted ellipsoid. Proofs of the milestones, alternative proofs of the goal, and a formalization of the paper's sorting algorithm on top of (52)–(53) are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, CORC Tech Report TR-2002-07, IEOR Department, Columbia University, revised May 4, 2004; published in Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2):257–280, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • A. Nilim and L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Operations Research 53(5):780–798, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • J. K. Satia and R. E. Lave, Markovian decision processes with uncertain transition probabilities, Operations Research 21(3):728–740, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.3.728
  • T. M. Cover and J. A. Thomas, Elements of Information Theory, Wiley, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1002/0471200611
11 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsLinear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Branch-and-Cut-and-Price for the Capacitated Vehicle Routing Problem: The Integer Points of P1 ∩ P2 Are Exactly the CVRP Solutions, and the Dantzig–Wolfe Master Describes P1 ∩ P2Research Paper

Motivation

The capacitated vehicle routing problem (CVRP) asks for KKK delivery routes from a depot that serve every client exactly once without exceeding a vehicle capacity, at minimum total length. It was introduced by Dantzig and Ramser in 1959 and is the reference problem of the vehicle routing literature: most exact methods for richer routing models (time windows, heterogeneous fleets, split deliveries) are first developed and benchmarked on it.

Exact CVRP algorithms are driven by the lower bound of a linear relaxation. Two families dominated before 2005. Branch-and-cut works with the edge variables xex_exe​ and the rounded capacity inequalities (Lysgaard, Letchford and Eglese 2004, among others); its bound degrades as the number of vehicles grows. Lagrangean and column-generation methods work with q-routes, walks from the depot of bounded total demand that may revisit clients (Christofides, Mingozzi and Toth 1981). Fukasawa, Longo, Lysgaard, Poggi de Aragão, Reis, Uchoa and Werneck combine the two in one linear program over the intersection of the two polytopes, priced by column generation with every cut written on the edge variables. According to the abstract, the resulting branch-and-cut-and-price solves to optimality all instances from the literature with up to 135 vertices. The design is called robust because cuts are written on the edge variables xxx and therefore never change the structure of the pricing problem.

This mission formalizes the formulation itself (§2 of the paper) and the two exact facts of its column generation (§3.1).

Setting

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be an undirected graph on V={0,1,…,n}V=\{0,1,\dots,n\}V={0,1,…,n}. Vertex 000 is the depot; V+={1,…,n}V_+=\{1,\dots,n\}V+​={1,…,n} are the clients, client iii having a positive demand did_idi​. Each edge has a length ℓe\ell_eℓe​. There are KKK vehicles of capacity CCC, both positive integers.

A list of clients r=(r1,…,rm)r=(r_1,\dots,r_m)r=(r1​,…,rm​) describes the closed walk 0→r1→⋯→rm→00\to r_1\to\cdots\to r_m\to 00→r1​→⋯→rm​→0. Its edge incidence qe(r)q^e(r)qe(r) is the number of times the walk traverses eee (a one-client walk 0→j→00\to j\to 00→j→0 traverses {0,j}\{0,j\}{0,j} twice); its load is dr1+⋯+drmd_{r_1}+\cdots+d_{r_m}dr1​​+⋯+drm​​, with repetitions.

  • A CVRP route visits pairwise distinct clients with load at most CCC; a CVRP solution is a family R=(R1,…,RK)R=(R_1,\dots,R_K)R=(R1​,…,RK​) of routes visiting every client exactly once. Its edge vector is χ(R)e=∑kqe(Rk)\chi(R)_e=\sum_kq^e(R_k)χ(R)e​=∑k​qe(Rk​).
  • A q-route without 2-cycles is a walk of load at most CCC that may revisit clients but contains no subpath i→j→ii\to j\to ii→j→i with i≠0i\ne 0i=0.

For S⊆VS\subseteq VS⊆V, δ(S)\delta(S)δ(S) is the set of edges with one end in SSS, x(δ(S))=∑e∈δ(S)xex(\delta(S))=\sum_{e\in\delta(S)}x_ex(δ(S))=∑e∈δ(S)​xe​, and k(S)=⌈d(S)/C⌉k(S)=\lceil d(S)/C\rceilk(S)=⌈d(S)/C⌉. The paper's constraints on x∈REx\in\mathbb R^{E}x∈RE and on weights λj≥0\lambda_j\ge 0λj​≥0 of the q-routes jjj are

x(δ({i}))=2  (i∈V+)  (1),x(δ({0}))=2K  (2),x(δ(S))≥2k(S)  (S⊆V+)  (3),xe≤1  (e∈E∖δ({0}))  (4),∑jqjeλj=xe  (e∈E)  (5),∑jλj=K  (6).\begin{aligned} &x(\delta(\{i\}))=2\ \ (i\in V_+)\ \ (1), && x(\delta(\{0\}))=2K\ \ (2), && x(\delta(S))\ge 2k(S)\ \ (S\subseteq V_+)\ \ (3),\\ &x_e\le 1\ \ (e\in E\setminus\delta(\{0\}))\ \ (4), && \textstyle\sum_jq^e_j\lambda_j=x_e\ \ (e\in E)\ \ (5), && \textstyle\sum_j\lambda_j=K\ \ (6). \end{aligned}​x(δ({i}))=2  (i∈V+​)  (1),xe​≤1  (e∈E∖δ({0}))  (4),​​x(δ({0}))=2K  (2),∑j​qje​λj​=xe​  (e∈E)  (5),​​x(δ(S))≥2k(S)  (S⊆V+​)  (3),∑j​λj​=K  (6).​

P1P_1P1​ is {x≥0:(1)–(4)}\{x\ge0:(1)\text{–}(4)\}{x≥0:(1)–(4)}; P2P_2P2​ is the set of x≥0x\ge 0x≥0 satisfying (1) together with some λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 satisfying (5), (6); the Explicit Master P3P_3P3​ is the projection onto xxx of the system (1)–(6) with one λ\lambdaλ. The Dantzig–Wolfe Master (DWM) is the LP in λ\lambdaλ alone obtained by substituting (5) into (1)–(4), giving the rows (8)–(11), with objective (7) ∑j∑eℓeqjeλj\sum_j\sum_e\ell_eq^e_j\lambda_j∑j​∑e​ℓe​qje​λj​. The bounds are Li=min⁡x∈Piℓ⊤xL_i=\min_{x\in P_i}\ell^\top xLi​=minx∈Pi​​ℓ⊤x.

Formalization targets

Goal: the formulation theorem

For a loop-free graph with positive demands and capacity, and arbitrary lengths:

x∈P3∩ZE  ⟺  x=χ(R) for a CVRP solution R,P3={Qλ:λ DWM-feasible},L1, L2 ≤ L3 ≤ OPT,x\in P_3\cap\mathbb Z^{E}\iff x=\chi(R)\ \text{for a CVRP solution }R, \qquad P_3=\{Q\lambda:\lambda\ \text{DWM-feasible}\}, \qquad L_1,\,L_2\ \le\ L_3\ \le\ \mathrm{OPT},x∈P3​∩ZE⟺x=χ(R) for a CVRP solution R,P3​={Qλ:λ DWM-feasible},L1​,L2​ ≤ L3​ ≤ OPT,

with (7) equal to ℓ⊤Qλ\ell^\top Q\lambdaℓ⊤Qλ. The bounds are stated in lower-bound form: every lower bound of ℓ⊤x\ell^\top xℓ⊤x over P1P_1P1​ or P2P_2P2​ is one over P3P_3P3​, and every lower bound over P3P_3P3​ is at most the cost of every solution.

Milestones

  1. P3=P1∩P2P_3=P_1\cap P_2P3​=P1​∩P2​ (p. 5).
  2. Every CVRP route is a q-route without 2-cycles (p. 2).
  3. Validity of (1)–(4): χ(R)∈P1\chi(R)\in P_1χ(R)∈P1​, with ℓ⊤χ(R)\ell^\top\chi(R)ℓ⊤χ(R) the cost of RRR (p. 4).
  4. Validity of (5)–(6): χ(R)∈P2\chi(R)\in P_2χ(R)∈P2​, with the routes of RRR as columns (p. 4).
  5. Every integer point of P1P_1P1​ is χ(R)\chi(R)χ(R) for a solution RRR (p. 4).
  6. Constraint (6) is implied by (2) and (5) (p. 5).
  7. The DWM (8)–(11) is (1)–(4) on x=Qλx=Q\lambdax=Qλ (p. 5).
  8. A generic cut ∑eaexe≥b\sum_ea_ex_e\ge b∑e​ae​xe​≥b becomes ∑j(∑eaeqje)λj≥b\sum_j(\sum_ea_eq^e_j)\lambda_j\ge b∑j​(∑e​ae​qje​)λj​≥b (p. 5).
  9. Every integer point of P2P_2P2​ is χ(R)\chi(R)χ(R) for a solution RRR (p. 4).
  10. The reduced cost of a column is ∑ecˉeqe\sum_e\bar c_eq^e∑e​cˉe​qe (§3.1, p. 6).
  11. Scaling: a q-route for demands ⌈dv/g⌉\lceil d_v/g\rceil⌈dv​/g⌉ and capacity ⌊C/g⌋\lfloor C/g\rfloor⌊C/g⌋ is a q-route for (d,C)(d,C)(d,C) (§3.1, p. 7).

Significance

The formulation theorem is what makes the algorithm exact: integer points of P3P_3P3​ are solutions, so branching on xxx terminates at an optimum, and P3P_3P3​ is a relaxation, so L3L_3L3​ is a valid bound that dominates both classical bounds. The DWM description is what makes it computable: P3P_3P3​ is optimized by column generation over q-routes, and milestones 8 and 10 show that any cut on xxx can be added without changing the pricing problem, which remains a shortest q-route problem with edge costs cˉe\bar c_ecˉe​.

The paper proves none of these claims formally; most are stated in a sentence, and milestone 9 is stated with "It can be shown" and no proof. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formal development produces a library of walks, edge incidences, cut values and column families on a general graph that later missions on branch-cut-and-price (subset-row cuts, ng-routes, other routing variants) can import.

Difficulty

Most items are linear-algebra bookkeeping on finite sums, but they require a working theory of walks: edge incidences along a closed walk, the cut value of an incidence vector, and the fact that a walk from the depot crosses every client set an even number of times. The integrality statements (milestones 5 and 9 and goal part 1) are the hard part: an integer vector satisfying degree constraints need not come from routes through the depot, and the statements must exclude every other structure. For P2P_2P2​ there are no capacity cuts at all, so the capacity of the routes must be recovered from the columns, and the paper states this case without proof. The obvious reduction "an integer point of P2P_2P2​ is an integer combination of q-routes" fails: λ\lambdaλ may be fractional even when xxx is integral.

Formalization scope

Vertices are Fin (n+1) with depot 0; edges are Sym2 (Fin (n+1)); the graph is an edge set E assumed loop-free where needed. Edge vectors are functions on all unordered pairs that vanish off E, which encodes x∈R∣E∣x\in\mathbb R^{|E|}x∈R∣E∣. Demands ddd, KKK and CCC are natural numbers; positive demands, K>0K>0K>0 and C>0C>0C>0 (the paper's standing assumptions, p. 1) are carried by the integrality statements and the goal, while ℓ≥0\ell\ge0ℓ≥0 is used by no statement and is omitted. Loads count repeated visits. The cut value x(δ(S))x(\delta(S))x(δ(S)), the demand d(S)d(S)d(S) and k(S)=⌈d(S)/C⌉k(S)=\lceil d(S)/C\rceilk(S)=⌈d(S)/C⌉ are the published definitions LysgaardCVRP.Shrink.cut, .demand and .roundedCapacityBound. The matrix QQQ is replaced by finitely supported weights on client lists ranging over all q-routes without 2-cycles. L1,L2,L3L_1,L_2,L_3L1​,L2​,L3​ and OPT are never real infima, since P3P_3P3​ is empty for infeasible instances.

Three trivializations are ruled out by construction: P3P_3P3​ is defined from the Explicit Master display, not as P1∩P2P_1\cap P_2P1​∩P2​; a CVRP solution is defined by its routes, not as an integer point of a polytope; and the columns are not a fixed finite list, which would turn P2P_2P2​ into a restricted master.

The strictness of "CVRP routes ⊊\subsetneq⊊ q-routes" (p. 2) depends on the instance and is not stated. Contributions of reusable lemmas on walks and cut values of incidence vectors are welcome, as are proofs of any milestone.

Selected references

  • R. Fukasawa, H. Longo, J. Lysgaard, M. Poggi de Aragão, M. Reis, E. Uchoa and R. F. Werneck, Robust branch-and-cut-and-price for the capacitated vehicle routing problem, Mathematical Programming 106 (2006); accepted manuscript. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-005-0644-x
  • N. Christofides, A. Mingozzi and P. Toth, Exact algorithms for the vehicle routing problem, based on spanning tree and shortest path relaxations, Mathematical Programming 20 (1981). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01589353
  • J. Lysgaard, A. N. Letchford and R. W. Eglese, A new branch-and-cut algorithm for the capacitated vehicle routing problem, Mathematical Programming 100 (2004). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0481-8
  • G. B. Dantzig and J. H. Ramser, The truck dispatching problem, Management Science 6 (1959). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.1.80
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Random Graphs with a Given Degree Sequence 1: The Fixed-Point Iteration x ↦ φ(x) Converges Geometrically to the Unique β-Model MLE, and Diverges When No MLE ExistsResearch Paper

Motivation

The β\betaβ-model is the simplest exponential random graph model in which every vertex has its own parameter. It was studied by Holland and Leinhardt (1981) in the directed case and by Park and Newman (2004) and Blitzstein and Diaconis (2011) in the undirected case, and it is a close relative of the Bradley–Terry model for paired comparisons. Its sufficient statistic is the degree sequence of the observed graph, so fitting the model to data means solving a system of nnn nonlinear equations in nnn unknowns, one per vertex, where nnn can be in the thousands.

Chatterjee, Diaconis and Sly (arXiv:1005.1136, Ann. Appl. Probab. 21 (2011)) give a simple iteration for this system and prove that it converges geometrically fast whenever a solution exists, at a rate that does not deteriorate with the number of vertices, and that it detects when no solution exists. The same estimate is then used in the paper's consistency theorem for the maximum likelihood estimator (Theorem 1.3) and in its graph-limit theorem (Theorem 1.1). This mission formalizes that algorithmic result, Theorem 1.5, together with the chain of numbered displays in Section 2 that proves it.

Setting

Let n≥3n\ge 3n≥3 and label the vertices 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n. For β=(β1,…,βn)∈Rn\beta=(\beta_1,\dots,\beta_n)\in\mathbb R^nβ=(β1​,…,βn​)∈Rn, the β\betaβ-model puts an edge between distinct vertices iii and jjj independently with probability

pij(β)=eβi+βj1+eβi+βj.p_{ij}(\beta)=\frac{e^{\beta_i+\beta_j}}{1+e^{\beta_i+\beta_j}}.pij​(β)=1+eβi​+βj​eβi​+βj​​.

Given an observed graph with degrees d1,…,dnd_1,\dots,d_nd1​,…,dn​, the maximum likelihood estimate β^\hat\betaβ^​ must satisfy the ML equations

di=∑j≠ieβ^i+β^j1+eβ^i+β^j,i=1,…,n.(3)d_i=\sum_{j\ne i}\frac{e^{\hat\beta_i+\hat\beta_j}}{1+e^{\hat\beta_i+\hat\beta_j}},\qquad i=1,\dots,n.\tag{3}di​=j=i∑​1+eβ^​i​+β^​j​eβ^​i​+β^​j​​,i=1,…,n.(3)

The sup norm of x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn is ∣x∣∞=max⁡i∣xi∣|x|_\infty=\max_i|x_i|∣x∣∞​=maxi​∣xi​∣. For i≠ji\ne ji=j put rij(x)=1/(e−xj+exi)r_{ij}(x)=1/(e^{-x_j}+e^{x_i})rij​(x)=1/(e−xj​+exi​), and define the map φ:Rn→Rn\varphi:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nφ:Rn→Rn by

φi(x)=log⁡di−log⁡∑j≠irij(x).\varphi_i(x)=\log d_i-\log\sum_{j\ne i}r_{ij}(x).φi​(x)=logdi​−logj=i∑​rij​(x).

Starting from any x0∈Rnx_0\in\mathbb R^nx0​∈Rn, the fixed-point iteration is xk+1=φ(xk)x_{k+1}=\varphi(x_k)xk+1​=φ(xk​). The fixed points of φ\varphiφ are exactly the solutions of (3).

For an n×nn\times nn×n matrix A=(aij)A=(a_{ij})A=(aij​), the L∞L^\inftyL∞ operator norm is ∣A∣∞=max⁡i∑j∣aij∣|A|_\infty=\max_i\sum_j|a_{ij}|∣A∣∞​=maxi​∑j​∣aij​∣. For δ>0\delta>0δ>0, the class Ln(δ)\mathcal L_n(\delta)Ln​(δ) consists of the matrices with ∣A∣∞≤1|A|_\infty\le 1∣A∣∞​≤1, aii≥δa_{ii}\ge\deltaaii​≥δ and aij≤−δ/(n−1)a_{ij}\le-\delta/(n-1)aij​≤−δ/(n−1) for i≠ji\ne ji=j. For x,y∈Rnx,y\in\mathbb R^nx,y∈Rn, J(x,y)J(x,y)J(x,y) is the matrix with entries Jij(x,y)=∫01∂φi∂xj(tx+(1−t)y) dtJ_{ij}(x,y)=\int_0^1\frac{\partial\varphi_i}{\partial x_j}(tx+(1-t)y)\,dtJij​(x,y)=∫01​∂xj​∂φi​​(tx+(1−t)y)dt.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.5

There are functions Θ(a,b)∈[0,1)\Theta(a,b)\in[0,1)Θ(a,b)∈[0,1) and C(a,b)C(a,b)C(a,b), CCC continuous, independent of nnn and ddd, such that for every n≥3n\ge3n≥3 and every d∈(0,∞)nd\in(0,\infty)^nd∈(0,∞)n: if (3) has a solution β^\hat\betaβ^​, then β^=φ(β^)\hat\beta=\varphi(\hat\beta)β^​=φ(β^​), it is the unique solution of (3), and for all x0x_0x0​ and kkk

∣xk−β^∣∞≤Θ(∣β^∣∞,∣x0∣∞)⌊k/2⌋∣x0−β^∣∞,∣x0−β^∣∞≤C(∣β^∣∞,∣x0∣∞) ∣x0−x1∣∞;|x_k-\hat\beta|_\infty\le\Theta(|\hat\beta|_\infty,|x_0|_\infty)^{\lfloor k/2\rfloor}|x_0-\hat\beta|_\infty,\qquad |x_0-\hat\beta|_\infty\le C(|\hat\beta|_\infty,|x_0|_\infty)\,|x_0-x_1|_\infty;∣xk​−β^​∣∞​≤Θ(∣β^​∣∞​,∣x0​∣∞​)⌊k/2⌋∣x0​−β^​∣∞​,∣x0​−β^​∣∞​≤C(∣β^​∣∞​,∣x0​∣∞​)∣x0​−x1​∣∞​;

and if (3) has no solution, then every orbit {xk}\{x_k\}{xk​} is unbounded.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. p. 9: φ(x)=x\varphi(x)=xφ(x)=x if and only if xxx solves (3).
  2. (6)–(7), p. 12: on ∣x∣∞≤K|x|_\infty\le K∣x∣∞​≤K, −e2Kn−1≤∂φi∂xj≤−e−4K2(n−1)-\frac{e^{2K}}{n-1}\le\frac{\partial\varphi_i}{\partial x_j}\le-\frac{e^{-4K}}{2(n-1)}−n−1e2K​≤∂xj​∂φi​​≤−2(n−1)e−4K​ for i≠ji\ne ji=j, and 12e−4K≤∂φi∂xi≤e2K\frac12e^{-4K}\le\frac{\partial\varphi_i}{\partial x_i}\le e^{2K}21​e−4K≤∂xi​∂φi​​≤e2K.
  3. (8), pp. 12–13: φ(x)−φ(y)=J(x,y)(x−y)\varphi(x)-\varphi(y)=J(x,y)(x-y)φ(x)−φ(y)=J(x,y)(x−y); off-diagonal partials are negative, diagonal ones positive, and every row of the Jacobian has absolute sum 111.
  4. Lemma 2.1, p. 11: for A,B∈Ln(δ)A,B\in\mathcal L_n(\delta)A,B∈Ln​(δ),
∣AB∣∞≤1−2(n−2)δ2n−1.|AB|_\infty\le 1-\frac{2(n-2)\delta^2}{n-1}.∣AB∣∞​≤1−n−12(n−2)δ2​.
  1. (9), p. 13: with KKK the largest of ∣x∣∞,∣y∣∞,∣φ(x)∣∞,∣φ(y)∣∞|x|_\infty,|y|_\infty,|\varphi(x)|_\infty,|\varphi(y)|_\infty∣x∣∞​,∣y∣∞​,∣φ(x)∣∞​,∣φ(y)∣∞​ and δ=12e−4K\delta=\frac12e^{-4K}δ=21​e−4K,
∣φ(φ(x))−φ(φ(y))∣∞≤(1−2(n−2)δ2n−1)∣x−y∣∞,|\varphi(\varphi(x))-\varphi(\varphi(y))|_\infty\le\Big(1-\frac{2(n-2)\delta^2}{n-1}\Big)|x-y|_\infty,∣φ(φ(x))−φ(φ(y))∣∞​≤(1−n−12(n−2)δ2​)∣x−y∣∞​,

and ∣φ(x)−φ(y)∣∞≤∣x−y∣∞|\varphi(x)-\varphi(y)|_\infty\le|x-y|_\infty∣φ(x)−φ(y)∣∞​≤∣x−y∣∞​. 6. (10), p. 13: a single θ=Θ(∣β^∣∞,∣x0∣∞)∈[0,1)\theta=\Theta(|\hat\beta|_\infty,|x_0|_\infty)\in[0,1)θ=Θ(∣β^​∣∞​,∣x0​∣∞​)∈[0,1), continuous in its arguments, with ∣xk+3−xk+2∣∞≤θ∣xk+1−xk∣∞|x_{k+3}-x_{k+2}|_\infty\le\theta|x_{k+1}-x_k|_\infty∣xk+3​−xk+2​∣∞​≤θ∣xk+1​−xk​∣∞​ and ∣xk+2−β^∣∞≤θ∣xk−β^∣∞|x_{k+2}-\hat\beta|_\infty\le\theta|x_k-\hat\beta|_\infty∣xk+2​−β^​∣∞​≤θ∣xk​−β^​∣∞​.

Significance

The theorem turns an implicit statistical object, the MLE of an nnn-parameter model, into the limit of an explicit iteration with three guarantees: a convergence rate that depends on the size of the parameters but not on nnn; an a posteriori error bound in terms of the computable step ∣x0−x1∣∞|x_0-x_1|_\infty∣x0​−x1​∣∞​; and a certificate of non-existence. The uniqueness of the MLE comes out of the same estimate. In the paper, the a priori bound ∣x0−β^∣∞≤C∣x0−x1∣∞|x_0-\hat\beta|_\infty\le C|x_0-x_1|_\infty∣x0​−β^​∣∞​≤C∣x0​−x1​∣∞​ is the device that proves consistency of the MLE (Theorem 1.3, applied with x0=βx_0=\betax0​=β), and the two-step contraction is reused in the proof of the graph-limit theorem.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. The work here is to formalize the known proof. The matrix inequality of Lemma 2.1 and the derivative bounds (6)–(7) are self-contained and can be attacked independently of the iteration.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to show that φ\varphiφ is a contraction and apply Banach's fixed-point theorem. This fails: every row of the Jacobian of φ\varphiφ has absolute sum exactly 111, so φ\varphiφ is only non-expansive in the sup norm, never strictly contracting. Contraction appears only for the two-step map φ∘φ\varphi\circ\varphiφ∘φ, through the sign pattern of the Jacobian (positive diagonal, uniformly negative off-diagonal), and only on bounded sets, with a factor that tends to 111 as the norms grow. A second difficulty is uniformity: the factor must be bounded away from 111 independently of nnn, which needs (n−2)/(n−1)≥12(n-2)/(n-1)\ge\frac12(n−2)/(n−1)≥21​, hence n≥3n\ge3n≥3. For the converse, there is no fixed point to anchor the orbit, so boundedness of the orbit has to be converted into convergence before a fixed point exists.

Formalization scope

  • Vertices are Fin n ={0,…,n−1}=\{0,\dots,n-1\}={0,…,n−1}; vectors are Fin n → ℝ, whose Mathlib norm is the sup norm ∣x∣∞|x|_\infty∣x∣∞​. Matrix norms are the explicit maximal absolute row sum.
  • The degrees did_idi​ are arbitrary positive reals. This is a generalization of the page (degrees of a graph), and it is all the proof uses; positivity is required because log⁡di\log d_ilogdi​ is junk in Lean at 000.
  • n≥3n\ge3n≥3 is a hypothesis of the goal and of (10). It is not on the page but is necessary: for n=2n=2n=2, (3) reads d1=d2=p12d_1=d_2=p_{12}d1​=d2​=p12​, whose solutions form a line, so uniqueness fails, and the factor in Lemma 2.1 equals 111.
  • Partial derivatives are Fréchet derivatives applied to unit vectors; J(x,y)J(x,y)J(x,y) uses the interval integral over [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • "Geometrically fast, with rate depending only on (∣β^∣∞,∣x0∣∞)(|\hat\beta|_\infty,|x_0|_\infty)(∣β^​∣∞​,∣x0​∣∞​)" is stated with the function Θ\ThetaΘ quantified before nnn, ddd, β^\hat\betaβ^​ and x0x_0x0​, and "CCC is a continuous function of the pair" likewise. A version that chooses the rate after fixing nnn, ddd and x0x_0x0​ is strictly weaker and nearly says only that a convergent sequence converges; it is not the target.
  • "A divergent subsequence" is stated as unboundedness of {∣xk∣∞}\{|x_k|_\infty\}{∣xk​∣∞​}, which is equivalent for sequences in Rn\mathbb R^nRn.
  • The paper's remark that θ\thetaθ is "uniformly bounded away from 1 on subsets of Rn×Rn\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^nRn×Rn" holds only on bounded subsets; it is not stated separately, and its quantitative content is (10).

Needed infrastructure: calculus of φ\varphiφ (derivatives of log⁡\loglog of a sum of exponentials), the integral form of the mean value theorem for maps Rn→Rn\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nRn→Rn, and elementary matrix-norm estimates. The class Ln(δ)\mathcal L_n(\delta)Ln​(δ) and Lemma 2.1 are reusable for other diagonally dominant iterations. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, in any order.

Selected references

  • S. Chatterjee, P. Diaconis and A. Sly, Random graphs with a given degree sequence, Ann. Appl. Probab. 21(4), 1400–1435, 2011. arXiv:1005.1136v5, DOI 10.1214/10-AAP728
  • P. W. Holland and S. Leinhardt, An exponential family of probability distributions for directed graphs, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 76, 33–65, 1981. DOI 10.1080/01621459.1981.10477598
  • J. Park and M. E. J. Newman, Statistical mechanics of networks, Phys. Rev. E 70, 066117, 2004. arXiv:cond-mat/0405566
  • J. Blitzstein and P. Diaconis, A sequential importance sampling algorithm for generating random graphs with prescribed degrees, Internet Mathematics 6(4), 489–522, 2011. DOI 10.1080/15427951.2010.557277
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Mitigating Supply Risk: Dual Sourcing or Process Improvement? 4: The Advantage of Single Sourcing with Improvement over Dual Sourcing Increases in Supplier Cost HeterogeneityResearch Paper

Motivation

Firms that buy from unreliable suppliers have two broad ways to protect themselves against supply disruptions: dual sourcing, which splits the order between two suppliers so that a shortfall at one is cushioned by the other, and process improvement, which invests in a supplier's operations so that it fails less often. Wang, Gilland and Tomlin, Mitigating Supply Risk: Dual Sourcing or Process Improvement? (M&SOM 12(3):489–510, 2010), compare the two in a single-period model in which the uncertainty is in the supplier's capacity, not in a proportional yield.

Real supply bases are rarely symmetric. Suppliers differ in cost, reliability and capacity because of their history or location, and the paper (p. 501) cites evidence that global sourcing has widened those differences. This mission formalizes the paper's analytical answer to one question this raises: as two otherwise identical suppliers drift apart in unit cost, which strategy gains? The paper's answer (Theorem 7, p. 502) is that the advantage of single sourcing with improvement over dual sourcing grows with the cost gap.

Setting

A firm sells one product over one season with unit revenue rrr, salvage value vvv and penalty ppp per unit of unmet demand; demand X≥0X \ge 0X≥0 has a known law with finite mean. Supplier i∈{1,2}i \in \{1, 2\}i∈{1,2} has unit cost cic_ici​, committed-cost fraction ηi∈[0,1]\eta_i \in [0, 1]ηi​∈[0,1] and design capacity Ki>0K_i > 0Ki​>0. Its realized capacity loss ξi≥0\xi_i \ge 0ξi​≥0 has a continuous distribution Gi(⋅,ai)G_i(\cdot, a_i)Gi​(⋅,ai​) indexed by a reliability index aia_iai​; a larger index means a stochastically smaller loss: a≤a′a \le a'a≤a′ implies Gi(t,a)≤Gi(t,a′)G_i(t, a) \le G_i(t, a')Gi​(t,a)≤Gi​(t,a′) for all ttt. Losses are independent of each other and of demand.

An order qi≥0q_i \ge 0qi​≥0 delivers yi=min⁡{qi,(Ki−ξi)+}y_i = \min\{q_i, (K_i - \xi_i)^+\}yi​=min{qi​,(Ki​−ξi​)+} and costs (ηiqi+(1−ηi)yi)ci(\eta_i q_i + (1 - \eta_i) y_i) c_i(ηi​qi​+(1−ηi​)yi​)ci​. The realized profit is

π(q)=−∑i(ηiqi+(1−ηi)yi)ci+rmin⁡{x,∑iyi}+v(∑iyi−x)+−p(x−∑iyi)+,\pi(q) = -\sum_i (\eta_i q_i + (1-\eta_i) y_i) c_i + r\min\Big\{x, \sum_i y_i\Big\} + v\Big(\sum_i y_i - x\Big)^+ - p\Big(x - \sum_i y_i\Big)^+,π(q)=−i∑​(ηi​qi​+(1−ηi​)yi​)ci​+rmin{x,i∑​yi​}+v(i∑​yi​−x)+−p(x−i∑​yi​)+,

the second-stage expected profit is Π2(q;a)=E[π(q)]\Pi_2(q; a) = \mathbb E[\pi(q)]Π2​(q;a)=E[π(q)], and Π2∗(a)=sup⁡q≥0Π2(q;a)\Pi_2^*(a) = \sup_{q \ge 0}\Pi_2(q; a)Π2∗​(a)=supq≥0​Π2​(q;a).

  • Dual sourcing (DS) orders from both suppliers at their initial indices: ΠDS∗=Π2∗(a10,a20)\Pi^*_{DS} = \Pi_2^*(a_1^0, a_2^0)ΠDS∗​=Π2∗​(a10​,a20​).
  • Single sourcing with improvement (SSI) commits to one supplier iii, spends mizi(a)m_i z_i(a)mi​zi​(a) to try to raise its index to a≥ai0a \ge a_i^0a≥ai0​ (success probability θi\theta_iθi​), and orders only from it. With Π2∗(ai)\Pi_2^*(a_i)Π2∗​(ai​) the single-supplier optimal value, its profit is Π1(ai)=−mizi(ai)+θiΠ2∗(ai)+(1−θi)Π2∗(ai0)\Pi_1(a_i) = -m_i z_i(a_i) + \theta_i \Pi_2^*(a_i) + (1-\theta_i)\Pi_2^*(a_i^0)Π1​(ai​)=−mi​zi​(ai​)+θi​Π2∗​(ai​)+(1−θi​)Π2∗​(ai0​) (Eq. (7)), and ΠSSI∗=max⁡isup⁡a≥ai0Π1(a)\Pi^*_{SSI} = \max_i \sup_{a \ge a_i^0} \Pi_1(a)ΠSSI∗​=maxi​supa≥ai0​​Π1​(a).
  • Heterogeneity. For suppliers identical except in cost, c1=c−Δcc_1 = c - \Delta_cc1​=c−Δc​ and c2=c+Δcc_2 = c + \Delta_cc2​=c+Δc​ with 0≤Δc<c0 \le \Delta_c < c0≤Δc​<c; Δc\Delta_cΔc​ is the cost heterogeneity parameter. The committed-cost parameter Δη\Delta_\etaΔη​ is defined in the same way.

In Lean these objects are MitigateSupplyRisk.Heterogeneity.Model (with Pi2, Pi2star, PiDS, Pi1single, PiSSI, Pi1) and SymData (with costModel Δ and etaModel Δ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7 (p. 502)

For suppliers identical except in unit cost,

Δc↦ΠSSI∗(Δc)−ΠDS∗(Δc)is nondecreasing on [0,c).\Delta_c \mapsto \Pi^*_{SSI}(\Delta_c) - \Pi^*_{DS}(\Delta_c) \quad\text{is nondecreasing on } [0, c).Δc​↦ΠSSI∗​(Δc​)−ΠDS∗​(Δc​)is nondecreasing on [0,c).

The statement fixes no parameter values and no particular distribution; it asserts only the direction of the effect.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 6(a) (p. 501): ΠSSI∗\Pi^*_{SSI}ΠSSI∗​ is nondecreasing in Δc\Delta_cΔc​ on [0,c)[0, c)[0,c) and in Δη\Delta_\etaΔη​ on [0,min⁡{η,1−η}][0, \min\{\eta, 1-\eta\}][0,min{η,1−η}].
  2. Theorem 6(b) (p. 501): ΠDS∗\Pi^*_{DS}ΠDS∗​ is nondecreasing in Δc\Delta_cΔc​ and in Δη\Delta_\etaΔη​ on the same ranges.
  3. Lemma 5 (p. 504): the combined-strategy profit Π1(a)\Pi_1(a)Π1​(a) of Eq. (5), which improves one or both suppliers before dual sourcing, is submodular on [a10,∞)×[a20,∞)[a_1^0, \infty) \times [a_2^0, \infty)[a10​,∞)×[a20​,∞):
Π1(a∨b)+Π1(a∧b)≤Π1(a)+Π1(b).\Pi_1(a \vee b) + \Pi_1(a \wedge b) \le \Pi_1(a) + \Pi_1(b).Π1​(a∨b)+Π1​(a∧b)≤Π1​(a)+Π1​(b).

Significance

Theorem 7 turns a strategy comparison into a comparative-statics statement: once SSI is preferred at some cost gap, it stays preferred at every larger gap, so the preference switches at most once along a cost-heterogeneity path. Theorem 6 shows separately that both strategies benefit from heterogeneity, which is immediate for a single-sourcing strategy but not for dual sourcing, where one supplier improves and the other deteriorates. Lemma 5 is the structural fact the paper uses for the combined strategy: improvement efforts at the two suppliers are substitutes.

The results are proved in the paper's online appendix, which this formalization does not use. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formal development would supply reusable pieces: an expected-profit model for random capacity with integrable profits, envelope and convexity arguments for suprema of affine families, and monotone comparative statics for single- and dual-supplier newsvendor problems.

Difficulty

ΠSSI∗\Pi^*_{SSI}ΠSSI∗​ and ΠDS∗\Pi^*_{DS}ΠDS∗​ are both nondecreasing in Δc\Delta_cΔc​ (Theorem 6), so the goal compares the growth rates of two optimal values. Neither has a closed form. Both are suprema of families affine in Δc\Delta_cΔc​, so they are convex but may have kinks, and an optimal improvement level need not exist when the index set [a0,∞)[a^0, \infty)[a0,∞) is unbounded. The comparison concerns orders at different cost levels and under different strategies, so it needs a link between the dual-sourcing order from the cheaper supplier and the single-sourcing order and its response to improvement. Evaluating each side at a fixed optimizer does not give it, because the two optimizers move with Δc\Delta_cΔc​. For Lemma 5, submodularity of Π2(q;a)\Pi_2(q; a)Π2​(q;a) in aaa for each fixed qqq does not pass to the supremum over qqq by itself.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Suppliers are indexed by Fin 2. Each Gi(⋅,a)G_i(\cdot, a)Gi​(⋅,a) is the cdf of a measure ν i a on ℝ. Expectations are Bochner integrals against the product of the two loss laws and the demand law. The integrand is bounded by a constant times 1+∣x∣1 + |x|1+∣x∣, so the integrals are genuine.
  • Optimal values. Optimal values are real suprema over q≥0q \ge 0q≥0 and a≥ai0a \ge a_i^0a≥ai0​. Under the standing assumptions every such set is nonempty and bounded above by (r+∣v∣)(K1+K2)(r + |v|)(K_1 + K_2)(r+∣v∣)(K1​+K2​), so no supremum takes Lean's default value. ΠSSI∗\Pi^*_{SSI}ΠSSI∗​ is the early-commitment value and maximizes over the choice of supplier; it does not fix supplier 1.
  • Standing assumptions (fields of Model.Standing and SymData.Standing):
    • the demand is a probability law on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞) with finite mean;
    • each loss law is a continuous probability law on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞), stochastically decreasing in the index;
    • ηi∈[0,1]\eta_i \in [0, 1]ηi​∈[0,1], Ki>0K_i > 0Ki​>0, θi∈[0,1]\theta_i \in [0, 1]θi​∈[0,1], mi≥0m_i \ge 0mi​≥0;
    • ziz_izi​ is convex and nondecreasing on [ai0,∞)[a_i^0, \infty)[ai0​,∞) with zi(ai0)=0z_i(a_i^0) = 0zi​(ai0​)=0.
  • Disclosed readings.
    • r≥0r \ge 0r≥0, p≥0p \ge 0p≥0 and ci≥0c_i \ge 0ci​≥0 (c>0c > 0c>0 in the heterogeneity statements, so that c1>0c_1 > 0c1​>0) are the paper's readings of revenue, penalty and cost.
    • v<r+pv < r + pv<r+p is implicit in the paper's Eq. (2), which divides by r+p−vr + p - vr+p−v.
    • The effort function zi(a)z_i(a)zi​(a) is taken as the primitive, as on p. 493. This presumes that every index a≥ai0a \ge a_i^0a≥ai0​ is reachable.
    • Δη\Delta_\etaΔη​ ranges over [0,min⁡{η,1−η}][0, \min\{\eta, 1-\eta\}][0,min{η,1−η}], the reading of "analogously" (p. 501) that keeps both committed costs in [0,1][0, 1][0,1].
  • Weak monotonicity. "Increasing" is weak (p. 492) and is stated as MonotoneOn.
  • Corrections. No printed slip is corrected in this mission.
  • Not formalized. Theorem 7 is stated without η=0\eta = 0η=0 and without concavity of GGG in aaa, as on the page. The ΔK\Delta_KΔK​ and Δa\Delta_aΔa​ clauses of Theorem 6 are not formalized, because the paper does not pin down how the improvement function depends on an initial index that differs between suppliers. Theorem 8 is also left out.
  • Non-trivialization. Both values are recomputed as optimal values of the model at every Δc\Delta_cΔc​. Defining them by a formula, fixing an optimizer at Δc=0\Delta_c = 0Δc​=0, or hard-coding supplier 1 as the single source would trivialize the goal, and none of these is done.

Contributions are welcome at every level: integrability and boundedness lemmas for Π2\Pi_2Π2​, convexity of the optimal values in Δ\DeltaΔ, the symmetry argument behind Theorem 6(b), and monotone comparative statics of single-supplier orders in the reliability index.

Selected references

  • Y. Wang, W. Gilland, B. Tomlin, Mitigating Supply Risk: Dual Sourcing or Process Improvement?, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 12(3):489–510, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1090.0279
  • J. Hazra, B. Mahadevan, Impact of supply base heterogeneity in electronic markets, European Journal of Operational Research 174(3):1580–1594, 2006 (cited on p. 501 of the paper for the growth of supply-base heterogeneity).
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Robust Gradient Sampling Algorithm for Nonsmooth, Nonconvex Optimization: With Fixed Sampling Radius ε, Gradient Sampling Almost Surely Stops at or Clusters at a Clarke ε-Stationary PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Many objective functions in engineering and statistics are nonsmooth and nonconvex: the spectral abscissa of a parametrized matrix, the largest eigenvalue of a symmetric matrix function, the H∞H_\inftyH∞​ norm of a closed-loop system, or a maximum of finitely many smooth functions. Such functions are typically differentiable almost everywhere, yet their minimizers usually sit exactly where the gradient fails to exist. Gradient descent then zig-zags or stalls, and bundle methods, which are designed for convex functions, lose their guarantees.

Burke, Lewis and Overton (SIAM J. Optim. 15 (2005) 751–779) proposed the gradient sampling (GS) algorithm: at each iterate, sample gradients at random nearby points, take the element of least norm in their convex hull, and search along its negative. The method needs nothing beyond gradients at points of differentiability, and it has since become a standard tool for nonsmooth, nonconvex minimization (Burke, Curtis, Lewis, Overton, Simões, 2020). This mission formalizes the paper's convergence theory.

Timeline. Goldstein (1977) introduced the ϵ\epsilonϵ-subdifferential of a Lipschitz function and a conceptual descent method built on it. Clarke's generalized gradient (Clarke 1983) supplied the stationarity notion. Burke, Lewis and Overton (2005) made Goldstein's idea implementable by random sampling and proved almost-sure convergence to Clarke ϵ\epsilonϵ-stationary points for a fixed sampling radius. Kiwiel (2007) revisited the analysis and proved convergence for a modified version of the algorithm.

Setting

Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be locally Lipschitz, and let D⊆RnD\subseteq\mathbb R^nD⊆Rn be an open dense set on which fff is continuously differentiable. Write B\mathbb BB for the closed Euclidean unit ball, and fix x~\tilde xx~ such that the level set L={x:f(x)≤f(x~)}\mathcal L=\{x: f(x)\le f(\tilde x)\}L={x:f(x)≤f(x~)} is compact.

The Clarke subdifferential ∂ˉf(x)\bar\partial f(x)∂ˉf(x) is the convex hull of all limits lim⁡i∇f(x+hi)\lim_i\nabla f(x+h_i)limi​∇f(x+hi​) with hi→0h_i\to0hi​→0 and fff differentiable at each x+hix+h_ix+hi​. For ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 define

Gϵ(x)=cl⁡conv⁡∇f((x+ϵB)∩D),ρϵ(x)=dist⁡(0∣Gϵ(x)),G_\epsilon(x)=\operatorname{cl}\operatorname{conv}\nabla f\big((x+\epsilon\mathbb B)\cap D\big),\qquad \rho_\epsilon(x)=\operatorname{dist}\big(0\mid G_\epsilon(x)\big),Gϵ​(x)=clconv∇f((x+ϵB)∩D),ρϵ​(x)=dist(0∣Gϵ​(x)),

and the Clarke ϵ\epsilonϵ-subdifferential ∂ˉϵf(x)=cl⁡conv⁡⋃∥y−x∥≤ϵ∂ˉf(y)\bar\partial_\epsilon f(x)=\operatorname{cl}\operatorname{conv}\bigcup_{\|y-x\|\le\epsilon}\bar\partial f(y)∂ˉϵ​f(x)=clconv⋃∥y−x∥≤ϵ​∂ˉf(y). A point is Clarke ϵ\epsilonϵ-stationary if 0∈∂ˉϵf(x)0\in\bar\partial_\epsilon f(x)0∈∂ˉϵ​f(x), and Clarke stationary if 0∈∂ˉf(x)0\in\bar\partial f(x)0∈∂ˉf(x).

The GS algorithm. Fix x0∈L∩Dx^0\in\mathcal L\cap Dx0∈L∩D, γ,β∈(0,1)\gamma,\beta\in(0,1)γ,β∈(0,1), ϵ0>0\epsilon_0>0ϵ0​>0, ν0≥0\nu_0\ge0ν0​≥0, μ∈(0,1]\mu\in(0,1]μ∈(0,1], θ∈(0,1]\theta\in(0,1]θ∈(0,1] and a sample size m≥n+1m\ge n+1m≥n+1. At iteration kkk:

  1. Draw uk1,…,ukmu^{k1},\dots,u^{km}uk1,…,ukm independently and uniformly from B\mathbb BB and set xkj=xk+ϵkukjx^{kj}=x^k+\epsilon_k u^{kj}xkj=xk+ϵk​ukj. If some xkj∉Dx^{kj}\notin Dxkj∈/D, stop. Otherwise let Gk=conv⁡{∇f(xk),∇f(xk1),…,∇f(xkm)}G_k=\operatorname{conv}\{\nabla f(x^k),\nabla f(x^{k1}),\dots,\nabla f(x^{km})\}Gk​=conv{∇f(xk),∇f(xk1),…,∇f(xkm)}.
  2. Let gkg^kgk be the least-norm element of GkG_kGk​. If νk=∥gk∥=0\nu_k=\|g^k\|=0νk​=∥gk∥=0, stop. If ∥gk∥≤νk\|g^k\|\le\nu_k∥gk∥≤νk​, set tk=0t_k=0tk​=0, νk+1=θνk\nu_{k+1}=\theta\nu_kνk+1​=θνk​, ϵk+1=μϵk\epsilon_{k+1}=\mu\epsilon_kϵk+1​=μϵk​ and go to step 4. Otherwise keep νk+1=νk\nu_{k+1}=\nu_kνk+1​=νk​, ϵk+1=ϵk\epsilon_{k+1}=\epsilon_kϵk+1​=ϵk​ and set dk=−gk/∥gk∥d^k=-g^k/\|g^k\|dk=−gk/∥gk∥.
  3. Let tkt_ktk​ be the largest γs\gamma^sγs, s∈{0,1,2,… }s\in\{0,1,2,\dots\}s∈{0,1,2,…}, with f(xk+γsdk)<f(xk)−βγs∥gk∥f(x^k+\gamma^s d^k)<f(x^k)-\beta\gamma^s\|g^k\|f(xk+γsdk)<f(xk)−βγs∥gk∥.
  4. If xk+tkdk∈Dx^k+t_kd^k\in Dxk+tk​dk∈D, set xk+1=xk+tkdkx^{k+1}=x^k+t_kd^kxk+1=xk+tk​dk. Otherwise pick any x^k∈xk+ϵkB\hat x^k\in x^k+\epsilon_k\mathbb Bx^k∈xk+ϵk​B with x^k+tkdk∈D\hat x^k+t_kd^k\in Dx^k+tk​dk∈D and f(x^k+tkdk)<f(xk)−βtk∥gk∥f(\hat x^k+t_kd^k)<f(x^k)-\beta t_k\|g^k\|f(x^k+tk​dk)<f(xk)−βtk​∥gk∥, and set xk+1=x^k+tkdkx^{k+1}=\hat x^k+t_kd^kxk+1=x^k+tk​dk.

With ν0=0\nu_0=0ν0​=0 and μ=1\mu=1μ=1 the radius stays fixed, ϵk=ϵ0=ϵ\epsilon_k=\epsilon_0=\epsilonϵk​=ϵ0​=ϵ: this is fixed-radius mode.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4 (p. 760)

In fixed-radius mode, with probability 111, either the algorithm stops at some iteration k0k_0k0​ with ρϵ(xk0)=0\rho_\epsilon(x^{k_0})=0ρϵ​(xk0​)=0, or it runs forever and there is a subsequence JJJ with

ρϵ(xk)→k∈J0,0∈∂ˉϵf(xˉ)  for every cluster point xˉ of {xk}k∈J.\rho_\epsilon(x^k)\xrightarrow[k\in J]{}0,\qquad 0\in\bar\partial_\epsilon f(\bar x)\ \text{ for every cluster point }\bar x\text{ of }\{x^k\}_{k\in J}.ρϵ​(xk)k∈J​0,0∈∂ˉϵ​f(xˉ)  for every cluster point xˉ of {xk}k∈J​.

The theorem asserts nothing about ∥gk∥\|g^k\|∥gk∥ along JJJ; the authors list ∥gk∥→J0\|g^k\|\to_J0∥gk∥→J​0 as an open question.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's argument: the minimax characterization of the search direction (Lemma 2.1), the line-search descent estimate and the descent property of the iterates (§2), the almost-sure absence of a Step 1 stop, upper semicontinuity of ρϵ\rho_\epsilonρϵ​ and the uniform covering of Lemma 3.2(iv)–(v), Lebourg's mean value theorem (Theorem 3.3), the representation ∂ˉf(x)=⋂ϵ>0Gϵ(x)\bar\partial f(x)=\bigcap_{\epsilon>0}G_\epsilon(x)∂ˉf(x)=⋂ϵ>0​Gϵ​(x), the estimate of Lemma 3.1, the inclusion Gϵ(x)⊆∂ˉϵf(x)G_\epsilon(x)\subseteq\bar\partial_\epsilon f(x)Gϵ​(x)⊆∂ˉϵ​f(x), and the closed graph of ∂ˉϵf\bar\partial_\epsilon f∂ˉϵ​f.

Companions

Well-posedness of the algorithm (every sample realization admits a run), Corollary 3.5(1) (the C1C^1C1 case: ∥gk∥→0\|g^k\|\to0∥gk∥→0), Corollary 3.6 (Clarke ϵj\epsilon_jϵj​-stationary points with ϵj↓0\epsilon_j\downarrow0ϵj​↓0 cluster at Clarke stationary points, and with a unique stationary point in L\mathcal LL the sets CjC_jCj​ converge to it in the Hausdorff sense), Corollary 3.7 (with a unique stationary point in L\mathcal LL, small ϵ\epsilonϵ forces the run near it), and Theorem 3.8 (the variable-radius mode with ν0>0\nu_0>0ν0​>0).

Significance

Theorem 3.4 is the first convergence guarantee for a practical method on general locally Lipschitz, nonconvex functions that uses only gradients at points of differentiability. It holds for a fixed sampling radius, the setting where most of the work is, and Corollaries 3.6–3.7 and Theorem 3.8 transfer it to radii decreasing to zero, which is how the method is used in practice. Later gradient sampling variants and their analyses start from these results.

The results are proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of them is known. A formalization would make the probabilistic structure precise, which the paper leaves informal (see Formalization scope), and would certify the hypotheses under which the theorem holds. Already the statements record two such corrections.

Difficulty

The natural argument, "f(xk)f(x^k)f(xk) decreases and L\mathcal LL is compact, so the steps tk∥gk∥t_k\|g^k\|tk​∥gk∥ tend to zero, hence ∥gk∥→0\|g^k\|\to0∥gk∥→0", fails: tkt_ktk​ can go to zero while ∥gk∥\|g^k\|∥gk∥ stays bounded away from zero. The difficulty is to show that, on the event inf⁡kρϵ(xk)>0\inf_k\rho_\epsilon(x^k)>0infk​ρϵ​(xk)>0, the random samples land infinitely often in a configuration whose sampled hull nearly realizes ρϵ\rho_\epsilonρϵ​ at a fixed nearby point, uniformly over a compact set of iterates, and that the failed trial step at such an iteration contradicts the Armijo rule. The iterates depend on all past samples, so independence across iterations cannot be used directly.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient, the Clarke subdifferential is the published ClarkeGradients.Shared.generalizedGradient, and dist⁡(0∣C)\operatorname{dist}(0\mid C)dist(0∣C) is Metric.infDist 0 C. Local Lipschitz continuity is Mathlib's LocallyLipschitz; continuous differentiability on DDD is ContDiffOn ℝ 1 f D.
  • A run is a predicate IsGSRun on the iterates, radii, tolerances, step lengths, least-norm vectors, directions and a stopping index τ∈N∪{∞}\tau\in\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}τ∈N∪{∞}, imposing Steps 0–4 up to τ\tauτ. "max⁡γs\max\gamma^smaxγs" is the least admissible sss, and the Armijo and (2) inequalities are strict.
  • A random run (IsRandomGSRun) lives on a probability space with a filtration (Fk)(\mathcal F_k)(Fk​): the samples are uniform on B\mathbb BB, independent within an iteration, and independent of Fk\mathcal F_kFk​, while xk,ϵk,νkx^k,\epsilon_k,\nu_kxk,ϵk​,νk​ are Fk\mathcal F_kFk​-measurable. The Step 4 choice may use the past and extra randomness but never future samples. "With probability 1" is ∀ᵐ. The paper's event E\mathcal EE, the realizations that hit every positive-measure subset of Bm\mathbb B^mBm infinitely often, is not used, because no sequence has that property.
  • Added hypothesis vol⁡(Dc)=0\operatorname{vol}(D^c)=0vol(Dc)=0. An open dense set can have a complement of positive measure, and then Step 1 stops with positive probability, so Theorem 3.4 would fail. Every probabilistic statement, and the two inclusions ∂ˉf(x)⊆Gϵ(x)\bar\partial f(x)\subseteq G_\epsilon(x)∂ˉf(x)⊆Gϵ​(x), ∂ˉϵ1f(x)⊆Gϵ2(x)\bar\partial_{\epsilon_1}f(x)\subseteq G_{\epsilon_2}(x)∂ˉϵ1​​f(x)⊆Gϵ2​​(x) (which fail without it), carry this hypothesis.
  • Trivializing encodings are ruled out. The run predicate is satisfiable for every sample realization (a companion statement), so the goal is not vacuous. The Step 4 choice cannot anticipate future samples. The conclusion is almost sure, not sure.
  • Reusable infrastructure: the Clarke ϵ\epsilonϵ-subdifferential and its closed graph, Lebourg's mean value theorem for the published Clarke subdifferential, Lemma 2.1 (a finite-dimensional minimax identity), and a conditional Borel–Cantelli argument for adaptively placed targets. Contributions to any of these are welcome, as are proofs of the companion corollaries.

Selected references

  • J. V. Burke, A. S. Lewis, M. L. Overton, A robust gradient sampling algorithm for nonsmooth, nonconvex optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 15(3) (2005) 751–779. https://doi.org/10.1137/030601296
  • F. H. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983; reprinted SIAM Classics in Applied Mathematics 5, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
  • A. A. Goldstein, Optimization of Lipschitz continuous functions, Math. Programming 13 (1977) 14–22. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01584320
  • K. C. Kiwiel, Convergence of the gradient sampling algorithm for nonsmooth nonconvex optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 18(2) (2007) 379–388. https://doi.org/10.1137/050639673
  • J. V. Burke, F. E. Curtis, A. S. Lewis, M. L. Overton, L. E. A. Simões, Gradient sampling methods for nonsmooth optimization, in Numerical Nonsmooth Optimization, Springer, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1804.11003
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Mitigating Supply Risk: Dual Sourcing or Process Improvement? 3: Late Commitment Strictly Beats Early Commitment When the Costlier Supplier's Improved Gain Exceeds mz/(θ(1−θ))Research Paper

Motivation

Firms that buy from unreliable suppliers can protect themselves in two ways: they can spread orders across several suppliers, or they can invest in improving a supplier's reliability, for example through supplier-development programmes or joint process-improvement projects. Wang, Gilland and Tomlin (MSOM 12(3):489–510, 2010) compare the two strategies in a newsvendor model with random supplier capacity.

This mission formalizes one part of that comparison: single sourcing with improvement, in which improvement efforts may fail. The firm must then decide when to choose its supplier. Under early commitment it picks one supplier, invests in it, and buys from it whatever the outcome. Under late commitment it invests in both suppliers, observes which efforts succeeded, and only then buys from the better one. Empirical work on supplier development documents both practices and the reluctance of suppliers whose improvement efforts previously failed (Handfield et al. 2000, as cited by Wang et al. 2010, p. 496; Krause et al. 2007). The question is how much the option to postpone the choice is worth.

Setting

A firm sells a single product over one season. It earns a unit revenue r≥0r\ge 0r≥0, salvages leftovers at vvv, and pays a penalty p≥0p\ge 0p≥0 per unit of unmet demand, with v<r+pv<r+pv<r+p. Demand XXX is nonnegative with finite mean.

Supplier i∈{1,2}i\in\{1,2\}i∈{1,2} has design capacity Ki>0K_i>0Ki​>0, unit cost ci≥0c_i\ge 0ci​≥0 and committed-cost fraction ηi∈[0,1]\eta_i\in[0,1]ηi​∈[0,1]. Its capacity loss ξi≥0\xi_i\ge 0ξi​≥0 has a continuous distribution Gi(⋅,ai)G_i(\cdot,a_i)Gi​(⋅,ai​) that depends on a reliability index aia_iai​; a higher index means a stochastically smaller loss. An order qi≥0q_i\ge 0qi​≥0 delivers yi=min⁡{qi,(Ki−ξi)+}y_i=\min\{q_i,(K_i-\xi_i)^+\}yi​=min{qi​,(Ki​−ξi​)+}. The firm pays (ηiqi+(1−ηi)yi)ci(\eta_iq_i+(1-\eta_i)y_i)c_i(ηi​qi​+(1−ηi​)yi​)ci​, and the realized profit of single sourcing from iii is

π(qi)=−(ηiqi+(1−ηi)yi)ci+rmin⁡{x,yi}+v(yi−x)+−p(x−yi)+.\pi(q_i)=-(\eta_iq_i+(1-\eta_i)y_i)c_i+r\min\{x,y_i\}+v(y_i-x)^+-p(x-y_i)^+ .π(qi​)=−(ηi​qi​+(1−ηi​)yi​)ci​+rmin{x,yi​}+v(yi​−x)+−p(x−yi​)+.

The second-stage expected profit is Π2(qi;ai)=E[π(qi)]\Pi_2(q_i;a_i)=\mathsf E[\pi(q_i)]Π2​(qi​;ai​)=E[π(qi​)], and Pi(ai)=Π2∗(ai)=sup⁡qi≥0Π2(qi;ai)P_i(a_i)=\Pi_2^*(a_i)=\sup_{q_i\ge 0}\Pi_2(q_i;a_i)Pi​(ai​)=Π2∗​(ai​)=supqi​≥0​Π2​(qi​;ai​) is its optimal value.

Improvement. Supplier iii starts at index ai0a_i^0ai0​. Effort to reach index ai≥ai0a_i\ge a_i^0ai​≥ai0​ costs mizi(ai)m_iz_i(a_i)mi​zi​(ai​), where ziz_izi​ is convex and increasing with zi(ai0)=0z_i(a_i^0)=0zi​(ai0​)=0. The effort succeeds with probability θi\theta_iθi​; on failure the index stays at ai0a_i^0ai0​.

  • Early commitment to supplier iii yields
Π1iE(ai)=−mizi(ai)+θiPi(ai)+(1−θi)Pi(ai0),\Pi_{1i}^E(a_i)=-m_iz_i(a_i)+\theta_iP_i(a_i)+(1-\theta_i)P_i(a_i^0),Π1iE​(ai​)=−mi​zi​(ai​)+θi​Pi​(ai​)+(1−θi​)Pi​(ai0​),

and Π1∗E=max⁡isup⁡ai≥ai0Π1iE(ai)\Pi_1^{*E}=\max_i\sup_{a_i\ge a_i^0}\Pi_{1i}^E(a_i)Π1∗E​=maxi​supai​≥ai0​​Π1iE​(ai​).

  • Late commitment yields Π1L(a1,a2)\Pi_1^L(a_1,a_2)Π1L​(a1​,a2​): the improvement costs, plus, for each of the four success/failure outcomes, its probability times max⁡{P1(⋅),P2(⋅)}\max\{P_1(\cdot),P_2(\cdot)\}max{P1​(⋅),P2​(⋅)} at the realized indices (Eq. (9)). Π1∗L\Pi_1^{*L}Π1∗L​ is its supremum over a1≥a10a_1\ge a_1^0a1​≥a10​, a2≥a20a_2\ge a_2^0a2​≥a20​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

Let the suppliers be identical except for their unit costs, c1≤c2c_1\le c_2c1​≤c2​, with common θ∈(0,1)\theta\in(0,1)θ∈(0,1), mmm, zzz and a0a^0a0, and let a2∗Ea_2^{*E}a2∗E​ be an optimal early-commitment index of supplier 2. Then

[P2(a2∗E)−P1(a10)]+>m z(a2∗E)θ(1−θ)⟹Π1∗L>Π1∗E.\bigl[P_2(a_2^{*E})-P_1(a_1^0)\bigr]^+>\frac{m\,z(a_2^{*E})}{\theta(1-\theta)}\quad\Longrightarrow\quad\Pi_1^{*L}>\Pi_1^{*E}.[P2​(a2∗E​)−P1​(a10​)]+>θ(1−θ)mz(a2∗E​)​⟹Π1∗L​>Π1∗E​.

Milestones, in the paper's order

  1. Lemma 2(b), single-supplier instance: PiP_iPi​ is increasing in the index.
  2. Theorem 4(a), cost-only instance: if the suppliers differ only in unit cost, the cheaper one is preferred with and without improvement, so i∗=j∗i^*=j^*i∗=j∗.
  3. §4.2.2: late commitment weakly dominates early commitment, Π1∗E≤Π1∗L\Pi_1^{*E}\le\Pi_1^{*L}Π1∗E​≤Π1∗L​.
  4. Lemma 4: ai∗L≤ai∗Ea_i^{*L}\le a_i^{*E}ai∗L​≤ai∗E​, in the form valid for non-unique optimizers.
  5. §4.2.2: Π1∗L=Π1∗E\Pi_1^{*L}=\Pi_1^{*E}Π1∗L​=Π1∗E​ if Pi(ai∗E)<Pj(aj0)P_i(a_i^{*E})<P_j(a_j^0)Pi​(ai∗E​)<Pj​(aj0​) for some iii.
  6. Corollary 3(a): strict superiority of late commitment at c1=c^1c_1=\hat c_1c1​=c^1​ persists for every c1∈[c^1,c2]c_1\in[\hat c_1,c_2]c1​∈[c^1​,c2​].

Significance

The results identify when the flexibility of postponing supplier selection has value. Late commitment never hurts. It has no value when one supplier dominates the other, even after the other's improvement. For suppliers that differ only in cost, Theorem 5 gives a checkable sufficient condition for strict value. The condition weighs the gain from switching in the outcome "the costlier supplier improves, the cheaper one does not", which has probability θ(1−θ)\theta(1-\theta)θ(1−θ), against the cost of improving the costlier supplier. Together with Lemma 4 the results say that keeping the choice open lowers the reliability target but can raise expected profit. Corollary 3(a) says this value is easiest to obtain when costs are close.

The paper's proofs are in an online appendix that is not used here, and none of these statements has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces formal versions of the statements, with the hypotheses that the printed versions leave implicit made explicit (see Formalization scope), and invites proofs of them.

Difficulty

The late-commitment profit (9) is a probability-weighted sum of maxima of two optimal-value functions. It is "neither concave nor unimodal" (p. 498), so first-order conditions do not characterize its optimum, and optimizers need not be unique.

  • Order of the arguments. The comparison results rest on the monotonicity of PiP_iPi​ (Lemma 2(b)). That is a statement about a supremum of expectations under a stochastically ordered family of capacity-loss laws, and must be established before the first-stage results can use it.
  • Theorem 5 and Corollary 3(a) compare two suprema, neither of which is assumed to be attained. Strictness has to survive passing to the supremum.
  • Corollary 3(a) is a comparative-statics statement in c1c_1c1​. Both Π1∗L\Pi_1^{*L}Π1∗L​ and Π1∗E\Pi_1^{*E}Π1∗E​ decrease as c1c_1c1​ grows, so nothing pointwise orders their difference.

Formalization scope

Everything is in the namespace MitigateSupplyRisk.LateCommit, with one definition module Model.

  • Model. The demand law is a probability measure μ\muμ on R\mathbb RR with μ(−∞,0)=0\mu(-\infty,0)=0μ(−∞,0)=0 and finite mean; no density is assumed. Capacity losses are a family a↦νaa\mapsto\nu_aa↦νa​ of atomless probability measures on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), ordered by νa(−∞,t]≤νa′(−∞,t]\nu_a(-\infty,t]\le\nu_{a'}(-\infty,t]νa​(−∞,t]≤νa′​(−∞,t] for a≤a′a\le a'a≤a′. Loss and demand are independent (a product measure).
  • Optimal values. Π2\Pi_2Π2​ is the Bochner integral of the realized profit (1). Every optimal value is a sSup over the feasible set. The sign conventions r,p,ci≥0r,p,c_i\ge 0r,p,ci​≥0, v<r+pv<r+pv<r+p make these sets bounded above, so no supremum is a junk value, and no optimum is assumed to be attained.
  • Effort. The effort function zzz is taken as the primitive on [a0,∞)[a^0,\infty)[a0,∞), which presumes that every index is reachable.
  • Identical suppliers. "Identical except for unit costs" means that the two suppliers share the same Supplier record (committed cost, capacity, loss family) and the same Improvement record (a0,θ,m,za^0,\theta,m,za0,θ,m,z).
  • Notation in (9). The paper writes Π2∗\Pi_2^*Π2∗​ for both suppliers in (9); the Lean writes P1P_1P1​ and P2P_2P2​.
  • Added or reread hypotheses:
    • Theorem 5 assumes 0<θ<10<\theta<10<θ<1. The printed condition divides by θ(1−θ)\theta(1-\theta)θ(1−θ), and Lean's x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 would otherwise turn it into [⋅]+>0[\cdot]^+>0[⋅]+>0, under which the conclusion is false at θ=1\theta=1θ=1.
    • Lemma 4 is stated for arbitrary maximizers: max⁡{aiL,aiE}\max\{a_i^L,a_i^E\}max{aiL​,aiE​} is again an early maximizer. This reduces to the printed inequality when the early optimizer is unique.
    • Lemma 2(b) and Theorem 4(a) are the single-supplier and cost-only instances of the paper's statements.
    • Optimizers ai∗Ea_i^{*E}ai∗E​ appear as hypotheses (IsMaxOn), never as claims.
  • Not trivially true. A statement in which Π1∗L\Pi_1^{*L}Π1∗L​ or Π1∗E\Pi_1^{*E}Π1∗E​ is a junk supremum, or in which Theorem 5's condition degenerates at θ∈{0,1}\theta\in\{0,1\}θ∈{0,1}, would be trivially true or false; the bounded feasible sets and the hypothesis 0<θ<10<\theta<10<θ<1 exclude both.
  • Not formalized: Theorem 4 for other attributes and Theorem 4(b), Lemma 3, and Corollary 3(b), whose printed form needs hypotheses the page does not pin.

Proofs of the milestones are welcome. A reusable lemma, that the supremum of expectations is monotone under first-order stochastic dominance of the loss, would serve the other missions of this series too.

Selected references

  • Y. Wang, W. Gilland, B. Tomlin, Mitigating Supply Risk: Dual Sourcing or Process Improvement?, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 12(3):489–510, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1090.0279
  • R. B. Handfield, D. R. Krause, T. V. Scannell, R. M. Monczka, Avoid the pitfalls in supplier development, Sloan Management Review, 2000, pp. 37–49 (cited from the reference list of Wang et al. 2010, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1090.0279).
  • D. R. Krause, R. B. Handfield, B. B. Tyler, The relationships between supplier development, commitment, social capital accumulation and performance improvement, Journal of Operations Management 25(2):528–545, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jom.2006.05.007
  • B. Tomlin, On the value of mitigation and contingency strategies for managing supply chain disruption risks, Management Science 52(5):639–657, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1060.0515
8 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 25 of 31Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me